You are on page 1of 166

ÖLFLEX®

AVS Stuttgart
UNITRONIC®
Lapp Cable Guide

Lapp Cable Guide


ETHERLINE ®

HITRONIC®

EPIC®

SKINTOP®
SILVYN®

FLEXIMARK®
04/11 91110492

www.lappgroup.com
Imprint
U.I. Lapp GmbH
Schulze-Delitzsch-Straße 25
70565 Stuttgart, Germany
Tel. +49(0)711/78 38-01
Fax +49(0)711/78 38-26 40
www.lappgroup.com
info@lappkabel.de

© 2011 by U.I. Lapp GmbH,


Stuttgart, Germany

Reprinting and reproduction even in


part is subject to the express consent
of U.I. Lapp GmbH.
U.I. Lapp GmbH
Schulze-Delitzsch-Straße 25 We reserve the right to change our
70565 Stuttgart, Germany products, particularly in the interests of
Tel. +49(0)711/78 38-01 technical improvements and advances.
Fax +49(0)711/78 38-26 40 We therefore offer no guarantee for
www.lappgroup.com illustrations, figures and quality details.
Contents

The Lapp Group: At Your Service 2


Brand quality from Stuttgart  4
The Lapp Group – The System Supplier 8
An overview of our fields of application 10
Cable finding made easy 12
Bespoke cable systems 13
We put quality through a tough test 14

Product information
ÖLFLEX® Power- and control cables 15
UNITRONIC® Data communication systems 19
ETHERLINE® Data communication systems
for ETHERNET-Technology 27
HITRONIC® Optical transmission systems 31
EPIC® Industrial connectors 39
SKINTOP® Cable glands 51
SILVYN® Protective cable conduit- and
cable carrier systems 57
FLEXIMARK® Cable marking products 65
Cable Accessories 68

Introduction to Cable Engineering 72


The Fundamentals of Cable Engineering 73
Technical Tables 80
Glossary 177
Key words 303
Safety instructions 316

Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 1


Foreword The Lapp Group: At Your Service

In 1957, the company’s foun- nated systems, our range of


der Oskar Lapp developed products and services has
ÖLFLEX®, the world’s first been continuously expanded
industrially produced control over the years. In order to
cable. Today, 2,800 emplo- offer you optimum quality,
yees contribute their dedica- our products are constantly
tion, knowledge and ideas to being tested in Lapp’s own
We have developed the the Lapp Group every day. test centres.
Lapp Cable Guide to help
make your work easier when Our range includes cables, The Lapp Group offers a
it comes to the day-to-day handling of our products. It is a accessories, cable handling unique range of products,
comprehensive reference work for using Lapp cables, systems and pre-assembled services and manufacturing
connectors and accessories. cables. Based on our coordi- expertise worldwide.

The product information provides detailed descriptions


of the relevant applications, construction data and special
features. The Technical Tables include information about
markings, load carrying capacity, chemical resistance and
protection systems.

Finally, you will find an extensive technical glossary


containing all the most important terms used in electrical
engineering. The Lapp Cable Guide is a clearly laid out
source of information for industry specialists, students,
trainees and anyone else with an interest in this area.

Andreas Lapp

2 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 3


Brand quality from Stuttgart

ÖLFLEX® ETHERLINE®
Power- and control cables Data communication systems
The world’s first brand cable is for ETHERNET-Technology
available in the most varied of ver- The brands for network solutions,
sions to match maximum require- safety systems and firewalls in the
ments. industrial networking sector.
Key features: Oil-resistant, flexible Key features: Integral system
and available to match almost any consisting of hardware (switches,
requirement or environmental con- routers, cables, plugs etc.), soft-
dition – also free of halogens. ware, consulting, network design
Fields of application: Universal application. Special versions and support.
also available for the renewable energy sector. Fields of application: Factory automation.

UNITRONIC®
Data communication systems HITRONIC®
The ideal brand for fast, trend-set- Optical transmission systems
ting and reliable data transfer. The brand for split-second, fault-
Key features: UNITRONIC® are not free, intercept-free data transport.
only data lines, but also bus lines, Key features: The HITRONIC® pro-
which together with active sensor/ duct range includes fibre optic
actuator modules or gateways cables in the most varied of ver­
provide a perfect system for auto- sions, along with suitable accesso­
mation. ries such as splice boxes, wall dis­
Fields of application: Measure- tributors or couplings.
ment, control, regulation, bus or LAN networks. Fields of application: Office and industrial sector.

4 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 5


Brand quality from Stuttgart

EPIC® SILVYN®
Industrial connectors Protective cable conduit-
The brand for strong and reliable and cable carrier systems
connections. The brand for all-round cable protec-
Key features: Robust square and tion.
circular connectors. Flexible Key features: The product range
system consisting of housings, includes SILVYN® cable protection
inserts, contacts and accessories – hoses for perfect protection
for every requirement, the tailor- against mechanical and chemical
made solution. Similarly, EPIC® loads, along with SILVYN® CHAIN
SOLAR plugs for photovoltaics are also part of the extensive energy supply chains for highly-dynamic applications.
product range. Fields of application: Everywhere that cables have to be
Fields of application: Mechanical and systems engineering, additionally protected or routed.
drive technology and energy production.

SKINTOP® FLEXIMARK®
Cable glands Cable marking products
The brand for multipurpose cable The brand for permanent, clearly-
entries in line with the following: arranged cable markings.
quickly fastened, centred and her- Key features: Comprehensive
metically sealed. range – from manual labelling solu-
Key features: Large clamping tions onto digital identification.
areas, optimum strain reliefs, the Withstands high chemical, thermal
most diverse of versions such as and mechanical loads.
SKINTOP® CLICK, COLD or CUBE. Fields of application: All cable,
Fields of application: Everywhere, where cables must be single cores, control cabinets.
fastened reliably and quickly.

6 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 7


The Lapp Group – The System Supplier 4 EPIC®

Our brands are adjusted exactly to your workflow. 5 Cable systems and
cable harnessing
We have got the appropriate product for every application.

6 Power chain systems


1 EPIC CIRCON LS1
®

7 ÖLFLEX® FD
2 FLEXILABEL LFL
2 8 Woven cables
3 ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 1 3

19 17

4
18 6
5 7
16
8
15 9

17 SERVO harnessings
for drives
10
14
18 LCK Wrapping Label +
FLEXIMARK® Stainless
steel marking
13

19 Frontplug SIMATIC 11
S7-300 with UL/CSA
12
9 ÖLFLEX® ROBOT

10 SKINTOP
®

14 UNITRONIC BUS L2/FIP +


®

M 12-PROFIBUS cable 11 SILVYN RILL/


®

SILVYN® FPAS
15 HITRONIC program
®

for optical fibres


12 ÖLFLEX Spiral cables
®
13 ETHERLINE
®

16 HOT-MELT Fieldbus Systems

8 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 9


An overview of our fields of application

Mechanical and to the users. The efficient dis-


systems engineering tribution of electrical energy
As suppliers, this is where is a field known only too well
we are traditionally at home. to us. This is why Lapp has
Ever since we started out, been a highly sought after
our competence has concen- partner for decades to the
trated on providing solutions energy sector.
for machines and systems.
There can hardly be an indus- Renewable energies
trial application anywhere We recognised at an early
that we have not already stage the significance of
equipped in some way: green energies. Bearing this
• Automation and network in mind, we have built up a
engineering special proficiency in this
• Measurement and control area and developed product
technology ranges for our customers.
• Electrical installation This is why we are accepted
technology as a supplier on equal foo-
• Chemical and pharma­- ting. Be it a wind turbine ins-
ceutical industries tallation, solar farm or photo-
• Oil and gas industry voltaic installation for “dome-
• Maritime and aeronautics stic usage”, we are involved.
• Food & beverage
• Lifts & handling e-Mobility
• Commercial vehicles Tomorrow’s cars will fill up
• Robotics with electricity. And we are
• Lighting and stage already in the pole position
technology for this future market. We
supply special system solu-
Power generation tions for hybrid vehicles from
Wherever power is generated, both German and American
cables are required to take it manufacturers.

10 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 11


Cable finding made easy Bespoke cable systems

In our online-catalogue you can choose from more than The more complex the appli- Our product offering:
40,000 products. This poses the query: what can we cation, the more customised • Customised cable systems
offer you in addition to that, to ensure that you don’t get cables and lines have to be. • ÖLFLEX® Spiral cables
your wires crossed when looking for cables or plugs? When it comes to customer- made to order
specific cable systems and • Pre-assembled cable
Cable Finder spiral cables, Lapp Systems carrier systems
Make short work of searching for cables. You can configure a is your specialist. We offer a • Woven cables
product online to suit your own requirements, by searching complete one-stop automa­ • Pre-assembled servo
through all the cables, lines and optical fibres available in the tion solution for everything to line systems
online-catalogue as “material sold by the metre”. “NEW filter” do with cables and cords, • Spiralised conduits with
presents you with an overview of all the innovations from the from development through single cores and/or wires
past twelve months. logistics to production. In • Spiral cable for
www.lappgroup.com/cablefinder Germany for instance, you commercial vehicles
will find us at four major • Pre-assembled HITRONIC®
Connector Finder regional locations: Cologne, fibre optic cables
Configure your EPIC® square, circular or solar plugs online, Dresden, and Stuttgart.
with only a few clicks of the mouse. Enter the technical para-
meters and then select the suitable plug socket – the ideal System solutions for:
housing package is then automatically suggested. Choose it, • Mechanical and plant
look for the matching counterpart, done! engineering and
www.lappgroup.com/connectorfinder construction
• Telecommunications
CAD Product Catalogue • Medical electronics
Design time costs money. Our CAD Product Catalogue • Transport
enables developers and planners to save both. You can import • Elevators and platforms
all the relevant CAD data (e.g. cover sizes, clamping areas,
article numbers, etc.) for SKINTOP® cable glands, EPIC® indus-
trial connectors and SILVYN® protective cable conduit
systems in your CAD system. We can provide you with all the
customary output formats.
www.lappgroup.com/3d-data

12 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 13


We put quality through a tough test ÖLFLEX®
Power- and control cables
Multimillion bending cycles at
maximum speeds and mini-
mum bending radii. This is
only one of many tests that a
highly-flexible line has to
withstand to be accepted into
our standard product range.

Next to what in part are brute-


force tests and stringent
endurance tests, radiological
methods are also used. For
example, the special X-ray
method EDX, with which the
mineral content of human
bone tissue is measured. We
use EDX to trace any possible
toxic substances or RoHS
substances in cables and
other products.

With this in mind: You are


very welcome to put your
own products through their
paces in our trial and test
centre.

14 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100/110 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC H halogen-free
ÖLFLEX®

ÖLFLEX®
The Power and Control Cable with coloured cores
Special Lapp PVC Compound P8/1

Application range Product features


The Power and Control Cable with numbered cores • Public buildings • Flame retardant according
Special Lapp PVC Compound P8/1 • Airport, railway station to IEC 60332-1-2 or
• Plant engineering IEC 60332-2-3-24
and construction • Halogen-free according to
• Industrial machinery IEC 60754-1 (amount of
• Air conditioning halogen acid gas)
Application range Product features installations Corrosiveness of combu-
• Plant engineering • Flame retardant according • Particularly where human stion gases according to
and construction to IEC 60332-1-2 and animal life as well as IEC 60754-2 (degree of
Industrial machinery • Good chemical resistance valuable property are acidity)
Air conditioning see Appendix T1 exposed to high risk of • Flexible up to -30°C
installations fire hazards
Power station
• Fixed installation as well Shielded versions: Shielded versions:
as occasional flexing at • In EMI critical environment • High coverage degree of
free, non-continuously (electromagnetic inter- the screen low transfer
recurring movement ference) impedance (max. 250 Ω/
without tensile load km at 30 MHz)
• Dry or damp interiors
under medium mechanical
load conditions

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

16 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 17


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 SiHF UNITRONIC®
Silicone cables with high temperature range Data communication systems
ÖLFLEX®

-50°C up to +180°C

ÖLFLEX® STATIC SC black


Single core for fixed, unprotected installation
UV-resistant, double insulated

Cable for sensor/


actuator components
Data transmission cables to connect to M8, M12 connectors
Combination cables to connect sensor/actuator distribution
boxes

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

18 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


UNITRONIC® 100 UNITRONIC® FD
Data cables low frequency

UNITRONIC® FD CY
UNITRONIC 100 CY ®
UNITRONIC®

UNITRONIC®
Highly flexible data transmission cable with copper braiding
for power chain use
Application range Product features
These control and signal UNITRONIC® 100 Application range Product features
cables are used in the milli- • Robust, flexible and • Automated production • The PVC outer sheath
ampere range for computer resistant outer sheath processes require data prevents mutual adhesion
systems, electronic control • Small external diameter transmission cables of between several cables in
equipment, office machines, despite high number of ever more flexibility and the power chain
scales etc. and wherever the cores durability • Flame retardant according
thinnest possible control • Flame retardant according • UNITRONIC® FD series to IEC 60332-1-2
cables are required. to IEC 60332-1-2 cables are especially • Please observe the
suited for power chain Installation Guidelines
UNITRONIC® 100 CY use in Table T3.
• Robust, flexible and
resistant outer sheath
• Small external diameter
despite high number of
cores
• Cable similar to
UNITRONIC® 100, but
with copper braid
• Flame retardant according
to IEC 60332-1-2

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

20 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 21


UNITRONIC® DeviceNet UNITRONIC® BUS ASI
Highly flexible and UL/CSA approved

Application range Product features


Application range Product features • Communication at • Data and energy are
UNITRONIC®

UNITRONIC®
• DeviceNet™ connects • Based on proven CAN Sensor/Actuator level transmitted both via an
industrial devices e. g. (Controller Area Network) • UNITRONIC® Fieldbus un-screened, geometrically
limit switches, photoelec- technology. sensor-/actuator wiring coded two-core flat cable
tric switches, variable • Permissible cable lengths requirements (protection against polarity
frequency drives, valve vary with the data rate and • Fixed installation as well reversal).
islands, motor starters, the cable thickness as occasional flexing at • The conductor is
PLCs, etc. • Further details: see Data free, non-continuously contacted by “piercing
Sheet recurring movement technology” within the
without tensile load ASI-modules.
• PUR version has an oil • Connection of sensors to
UNITRONIC® BUS CAN resistant outer sheath for the ASI module (coupling
use in industrial environ- module) is carried out
ments (e. g. wet areas in using round cables
automotive industry, pro- (connection cables).
UNITRONIC® BUS CAN FD P cessing centres, also in
connection with coolants/
lubricants) which are
mixed with water.
Application range Product features
UNITRONIC® BUS CAN • Maximum bit rate:
• Stationary application 1 Mbit/s for 40 m
UNITRONIC® BUS CAN FD P segment length
• For highly flexible • Larger conductor cross-
applications section necessary with
increasing length
• Flame retardant according
to IEC 60332-1-2
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

22 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 23


Fieldbus Systems
UNITRONIC®

UNITRONIC®
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

24 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 25


UNITRONIC® BUS PB ETHERLINE®
Data communication systems for ETHERNET-Technology
UNITRONIC®

Application range Product features


• For stationary installation • These bus cables can be
of Bus Systems used for PROFIBUS-DP as
• Maximal electromagnetic well as for PROFIBUS-FMS
screening and FIP
• Dry and damp indoors • The stated bit rates allow
the following cable lengths
(maximum) according of
PROFIBUS User Organisa­
tion of one bus segment
(Type A cable,
PROFIBIS-DP):
93.75 kbit/s = 1200 m
187.5 kbit/s = 1000 m
500 kbit/s = 400 m
1.5 Mbit/s = 200 m
12.0 Mbit/s = 100 m

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

26 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


ETHERLINE® 2-pairs CAT.5/5e Structured cabling

If a channel is continuously one component (e.g. patch


installed with CAT.5e com­po­ cable) does not fulfill CAT.5e,
nents, the cabling is accor- the whole system is not con-
Benefits •W ith regard to transmission ding to class E. So far only form to class E anymore!
• ETHERNET with the globally rates, the “ETHERNET
accepted TCP/IP protocol world” is cut into: Application classes for copper cabling (100 Ohms)
will most probably either • ETHERNET = 10 Mbit/s
Application
provide a connection to • FAST ETHERNET = Category Frequency Service
ETHERLINE®

ETHERLINE®
class
the established “Fieldbus 100 Mbit/s Class A – up to 100 kHz Telephone, ISDN
Class B – up to 1 MHz Telephone, ISDN
World” or the Sensor- • GIGABIT ETHERNET = Class C CAT.3 up to 16 MHz Telephone, ISDN, Token Ring,
Actuator level. 1000 Mbit/s Ethernet
Class D CAT.5 up to 100 MHz 10/100 Base-T
Either via a gateway to Class E CAT.5e up to 125 MHz 10/100/1000 Base-T
the “Fieldbus World” or Product features – CAT.6 up to 250 MHz 10/100/1000 Base-T
Class Ea CAT.6a up to 500 MHz 10/100/1000/10G Base-T
straight through down • In order to reach 100 m Class F CAT.7 up to 600 MHz 10/100/1000/10G Base-T
wards to the lowest com link length (like in the Class FA CAT.7A up to 1 GHz 10/100/1000/10G Base-T
up to 1.2 GHz 10/100/1000/10G Base-T
munication level. The office area acc. to ISO
transmission rates are 11801) for flexible and
presently either 10 Mbit/s highly flexible cable types
(ETHERNET) or at least a cross section of AWG22
100 Mbit/s = LAN CAT.5 is necessary.
requirements (Fast Ether- • All ETHERLINE® cables
net = Industrial Ethernet) with a cross section of
respectively CAT.6a or AWG22 are PROFINET®
CAT.7 requirements. compliant.

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

28 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 29


Overview installation lengths for ETHERNET HITRONIC®
Optical transmission systems
Installation
Medium Cable length
AUI - 50 m
10 Base2 Thin ETHERNET 185 m
10 Base5 Thick ETHERNET 500 m
ETHERNET
10 Base-T Twisted Pair 100 m
62.5 µm, 50 µm
10 Base-FL 2,000 m
Multimode LWL
100 Base-TX Twisted Pair 100 m
62.5 µm, 50 µm
Fast 412 m
Multimode LWL FDX
ETHERNET 100 Base-FX
62.5 µm, 50 µm
2,000 m
Multimode LWL HDX
1000 Base-CX Twinax STP (150 Ohm) 25 m
1000 Base-T Twisted Pair 100 m
1000 Base-SX 62.5 µm Multimode LWL 275 m
Gigabit 850 nm 50 µm Multimode LWL 550 m
ETHERNET
62.5 µm Multimode LWL 550 m
1000 Base-LX
50 µm Multimode LWL 550 m
1300 nm
Singlemode LWL 5,000 m
10G Base-T Twisted Pair 100 m
10G Base-LX4
Singlemode LWL 10,000 m
WWDM
10G Base-LX4
Multimode LWL 300 m
WWDM
10 Gigabit
10G Base-SR/SW 62.5 µm Multimode LWL 26 m
ETHERNET
850 nm 50 µm Multimode LWL 84 m
10G Base-LR/LW
Singlemode LWL 10,000 m
850 nm
10G Base-ER/EW
Singlemode LWL 40,000 m
1550 nm

30 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


The optical transmission of messages in FOC operates A portion of these cables is constructively laid for heavy
according to the principle of „total internal reflection.“ deployment in the energy supply chain. The overall concept
The reflection is created by the fact that an optically thin- of your data transmission line determines whether glass or
ner cladding is placed around the light conducting core plastic fibre optic cables are used. We offer you suitable
on whose interface the light totally reflects and is there- plug-in connectors, tools and pre-fabricated FOC patch
by conducted through the FOC. cables that match the cables being used.
Although the principle of optical message transmission
has been known for a long time, not until recent years Typical deployment areas for POF and PCF FOCs:
was one able to develop, produce and commercially use • Bus systems in automatisation
low loss FOCs. In a time when the need for rapid and • Machine construction and plant engineering
secure communications networks is continually growing
we can neither imagine a world without the transmission Because of their special characteristics POF-FOC
medium FOC nor can it be replaced. are used
• High demands at data security
Advantages of fibre optics over • For conditions where space is limited
copper-based transmission • For short data transmission distances (up to around 70 m)
• Protection against electromagnetic interferences, i.e. cable
routing can carried out without consideration of possibly Typical application areas for GOF FOCs:
occurring sources of ectromagnetic interference Everywhere where large amounts of data must be transmit-
• rapid made-to measure preparation of plastic FOC, ted at high speed over distances of approx. 60 m to several
simple on-site plug-in connector installation kilometres. For example in
• Potential separation, that is potential delays are not • Local Area Networks (LAN)
possible • Metropolitan Area Networks (MAN)
• No crosstalk and high security against listening in • Wide Area Networks (WAN)
HITRONIC®

HITRONIC®
• Small dimensions and minimal weight (up to 2.2 mm
outside diameter and/or 4g/m for plastic FOC in
Simplex model)

Among fibre optic cables there is a difference based on the


material used between plastic fibres (POF), fibres made of
silica glass with optical plastic cladding (PCF) and fibres
made of pure silica glass (glass fibre or GOF).

Mainly for use in the industrial area, Lapp Kabel offers FOCs
made of glass or plastic and/or hybrid cables.

32 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 33


UNITRONIC® DeviceNet Optical transmission systems

HITRONIC® HYBRID FD P DESINA®

HITRONIC® BUS PCF DUPLEX


indoor + outdoor

HITRONIC® HQN Outdoor Cable Two different connection • Non-detachable connec-


types are used with fibre tions created by directly
optic cables: splicing two glass fibres
• Detachable connections together. To do this re-
realised with plug connec- quires highly trained per-
tors. In this case it is sonnel and very expensive
necessary to attach a plug equipment. If the necessary
to a glass fibre. This calls resources are used only
HITRONIC®

HITRONIC®
for trained personnel and occasionally, the invest-
expensive special tools. ment is very unlikely to
pay for itself.

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

34 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 35


Fibre Optical cables F.O.

Advantages of Fibre Optical Cables


• high resistance to tapping • little space required
• no EMC interference • low cable weight
• no EMC testing required • can be installed in a
• long range potentially explosive
• no potential transfer environment
• no cross-talk

GOF – Glass Optical Fibre A distinction is


drawn between GOF:
• Singlemode Fibre SM 9 µm
• Multimode Fibre MM
50 µm or 62.5 µm
Core 9, 50 or 62.5 µm
Cladding 125 µm
Coating 250 µm
Advantages
Using a trunk system • No need to carry out POF – Polymer Optical Fibre A distinction is
offers you the following measurements on the drawn between GOF:
advantages: cable run, comes with • SIMPLEX (one Fibre)
• No costs of special OTDR test certificate • DUPLEX (two Fibres)
HITRONIC®

HITRONIC®
equipment • Fan-out elements also Core 980 µm
• No need for highly available in IP67 Cladding 1000 µm
trained personnel Insulation 2200 µm
• Uniform quality thanks
to manufacture under PCF – Plastic Cladded Fibre
laboratory conditions
• Installation is quick,
thereby saving costs
Core 200 µm
Cladding 230 µm
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Coating (Tefzelbuffer) 500 µm

36 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 37


Fibre type max. attenuation [dB/km] Numerical
aperture EPIC®
660 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 1550 nm Industrial connectors
POF 160 0.47
PCF 10.0 8.0 0.37
GOF MM
2.7 0.9 0.20
50 µm OM2
GOF MM
2.7 0.9 0.20
50 µm OM3
GOF MM
3.2 0.9 0.27
62.5 µm OM1
GOF SM 0.36 0.2 0.10

Fibre type max. transfer size [m]


660 nm 850 nm 1300 nm 1550 nm
100 Mbit/s:
POF
60
100 Mbit/s:
PCF
550
100 Mbit/s: 100 Mbit/s:
GOF MM 2.000 2.000
50 µm OM2 1 Gbit/s: 1 Gbit/s:
550 550
GOF MM 10 Gbit/s: 10 Gbit/s:
50 µm OM3 300 300
100 Mbit/s: 100 Mbit/s:
GOF MM 2000 2000
62.5 µm OM1 1 Gbit/s: 1 Gbit/s:
275 550
1 Gbit/s:
1 Gbit/s: 80.000
GOF SM
5.000 10 Gbit/s:
40.000

OM3-Fibre, 10 Gbit/s mode fibres was minimized


HITRONIC®

Ethernet Systems for the OM3 fibre with spe-


In these systems the cial processes in the core
data rates are so high that area. This enables trans­
a length of just 84 m is mission distances of up to
achieved with conventional 300 m. With the OM3 fibre,
multi-mode fibres. This per- costs are considerably re­­
formance is just sufficient duced by using the simpler,
for the reliable operation of less expensive Mulrimid ter-
1GB/s lines. The differences minal devices and installa­
in running time for the multi- tion-friendlier termination.

38 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


EPIC® Rectangular Connectors Industrial Connectors

Quality, functionality and safety. 1. Cable gland


Three attributes, one brand name: EPIC® rectangular For hoods, coupler hoods
industrial connectors are renowed for their innovative and surface mount bases for
electrical design and physical characteristics. sealing, strain relief and to
provide the cable with EMC
Solutions for many • Termination technologies: protection. A selection of
applications: solder, screw, crimp, glands are available depen-
• Number of poles from cage clamp ding on the application.
2 up to 216 For inserts with screw
• Currents up to 82A termination please use
• Voltages up to 1000V the processing tool
• protection class IP 65 (Chapter Accessories) 2. Hood
• modular for current supply, • H-A 3: Zinc die-casting, The hood can be combined
signal and data thermoplastic at will with either a panel or
• housings variations for • H-A 10-48; H-B 6-48: surface mount base, or a
cable connection and for Aluminium die-casting cable coupler hood for cable
the assembly at devices to cable connection.

1. Cable gland
3. Pin and sleeve insert
The pin and sleeve insert
2. Hood accommodates the individual
contact elements and provi-
des insulation at the same
time.
3. Pin and sleeve insert
Available connector varia-
tions include screw, crimp
and spring cage clamp
terminated connectors.
EPIC®

EPIC®
4. Base

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

40 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 41


Industrial Connectors

4. Base housing Technical Data


There is a choice of three
Series Rated Rated Termination
different base housing voltage current type
depending on the
application: EPIC® H-A 10 – 48 VDE: 250 V VDE: 16 A Screw
EPIC® H-A 3/4 VDE: 400 V VDE: 10 A
Surface mount base: Compact design UL: 600 V UL: 10/14 A
CSA: 600 V CSA: 10/16 A
For wall mounting

EPIC® H-Q5 5+PE VDE: 230 V/400 V VDE: 16 A Crimp
Panel mount base: The small format UL: 600 V UL: 16 A
For panel lead-throughs CSA: 600 V CSA: 16 A

Cable coupler hood: EPIC® STA 6 – 40 VDE: 60 V VDE: 10 A Screw
Low voltage UL: 48 V UL: 10 A Solder
For cable to cable
connector CSA: 48 V
connections

EPIC® H-BE 6 – 48 VDE: 500 V VDE: 16 A Screw
There are two housing series Standard inserts UL: 600 V UL: 16 A Crimp
with different housing sizes CSA: 600 V CSA: 16 A
(width). Series EPIC® H-A is
the narrower series. The VDE: 500 V VDE: 16 A Spring cage
UL: 600 V UL: 16 A
increased housing width of
CSA: 600 V CSA: 16 A
the EPIC® H-B usually allows
the use of inserts with higher EPIC® H-EE 10 – 92+PE VDE: 500 V VDE: 16 A Crimp
voltages for the same Inserts for high UL: 600 V UL 16 A
number of contacts. crimp contact density CSA: 600 V CSA: 16 A

EPIC® H-BS 6 – 12 VDE: 690 V VDE: 35 A Screw
Inserts UL: 600 V UL: 35 A
for high currents CSA: 600 V CSA: 35 A

EPIC® H-BVE 3 -10 VDE: 630 V VDE: 16 A Screw
High voltage UL: 600 V UL: 16 A (spring
EPIC®

EPIC®
cage inserts CSA: 600 V CSA: 16 A HBVE)
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

42 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 43


Technical Data EPIC® Circular connectors
Series Rated Rated Termination
voltage current type
can be freely combined with
1. a panel mount, coupler or
EPIC® H-D 7 – 128 VDE: 42/250 V VDE: 10 A Crimp surface mount base.
For high UL: 250 V UL: 10 A 2. 3.
contact density 4. Identification ring

The unique marking system
EPIC® H-DD 24 – 216 VDE: 250 V VDE: 10 A Crimp
uses coloured identification
For higher UL: 600 V UL: 8.5 A
contact density CSA: 600 V CSA: 10 A 4. clips to provide clear mar-
king. Alternatively connec-
EPIC® MC 3 – 280 VDE: 30-1000 V VDE: 1-82 A Crimp tors can be marked with
Modular system UL: 100-600 V UL: 4-40 A Screw in­dividually writable labels
CSA: 100-600 V CSA: 4-25 A Spring cage 1. Cable gland that are simple, abrasion

An integral EMC cable gland resistant and will not get
EPIC® TB-H-BE 6-24 VDE: 500 V VDE: 16 A Screw
Term. adapter UL: 600 V UL: 16 A in the hood, panel mount or lost.
CSA: 600 V CSA: 16 A cable coupler housing gives
built-in protection from 5. Housing base
electromagnetic radiation. Three different types
of housing are available:
2. Insert Panel mount base:
The inserts can accommodate For panel feed-throughs
contacts with crimp or solder Feed-through housing: For
terminations. wall feed-throughs with wall
fixing Coupler connector:
3. Hood For cable to cable connec-
The top housing (cable plug) tions

EPIC® CIRCON LS 1 – b) or alternatively with


Power connector featuring: individually writable labels
• IP 68 (10h/1m) • Clearly visible and tactile-
• Unique marking system matching when connecting
EPIC®

EPIC®
a) using coloured identifi- • Contact connector to
cation clips DIN EN 61984
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

44 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 45


Electrical data 5 + PE EPIC® POWERLOCK A1 C
Rated current 2 mm contacts:
22 A at 2.5 mm2
Rated voltage 2 mm contact: 630 V
Rated surge voltage 2 mm contact: 6 kV
Pollution severity 3 (≥ IP54)
Overvoltage category 3
Termination sizes Benefits Application range
Power 0.5 – 2.5 mm2 crimp • Resistant to mechanical • For Renewable Energy
AWG 14 – 20 crimp influences in harsh Plants e.g. Wind power
environ­mental conditions • For mobile and stationary
Electrical data 3 + PE + 4 • Connectors in harmonized power distribution
Rated current 1 mm contacts: colours according to • For the connection of
7 A at 1.0 mm2 European standards motors, transformers
Rated current 2 mm contacts: • Every colour different and generators
22 A at 2.5 mm2 coded to prevent • Light & Sound technology
Rated voltage 2 mm contacts: 630 V incorrect plugging
Rated surge voltage 1 mm contacts: 4 kV • US colours on request
Rated surge voltage 2 mm contacts: 6 kV
Pollution severity 3 (≥ IP54)
Overvoltage category 3
Termination size/type 1 mm contact:
0.14 – 1.0 mm2 crimp
AWG 18 – 24 crimp
Termination size/type 2 mm contact:
0.5 – 2.5 mm2 crimp
AWG 14 – 20 crimp

Electrical data 5 + PE/3 + PE + 4


Protection class IP 68 (10h/1m)
Temperature range -25 °C to +125 °C
Mating cycles 500
Cable diameter 7.5 – 15.5 mm
EPIC®

EPIC®
Resistance Corrosion resistant
Mechanically resistant
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

46 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 47


EPIC® POWERLOCK D6 C EPIC® SOLAR 4 THIN M pre-assembled

Benefits Application range


• Resistant to mechanical • For Renewable Energy
influences in harsh Plants e.g. Wind power
environmental conditions • For mobile and stationary
• Connectors in harmonized power distribution
colours according to • For the connection of Benefits Product features
European standards motors, transformers • Unresistant cable connec- • 4 mm connector system
• Every colour different and generators tion for efficient power with double hook
coded to prevent • Light & Sound technology transmission • Pre-assembled with 100%
incorrect plugging • Innovative, patented automatic control
• US colours on request pending contact system, • Wide range of wire sizes
current leaves the from 1.5 mm² up to 6 mm²
connection cool • TÜV Rheinland certified
• High reliability and • UL in preparation
longevity by welded
bonding
• Extra Thin 12 mm for
high density packing

Application range
• Pre-assembled connector
cables for weather proof
cabling of Photovoltaic
systems
EPIC®

EPIC®
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

48 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 49


EPIC® SOLAR 4 THIN F pre-assembled SKINTOP®
Cable glands

Technical data Degree of protection


• Rated voltage in V • IP68 (10 h/1 m)
1000 V AC/DC • Protection class II
• Rated impulse Voltage • Cycle of mechanical
8 kV operation 100
• Contact resistance
< 0.2 m Ohm Range of temperature
• -40 °C ... +105 °C
EPIC®

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

50 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


SKINTOP® CLICK/SKINTOP® CLICK BS SKINTOP® K-M ATEX plus/
SKINTOP® cable glands polyamide metric SKINTOP® KR-M ATEX plus
SKINTOP®

SKINTOP®
SKINTOP® cable glands polyamide metric

SKINTOP®
CLICK

SKINTOP® K-M ATEX plus SKINTOP® KR-M ATEX plus


SKINTOP® CLICK BS
Benefits Application range Benefits Application range
SKINTOP® CLICK SKINTOP® CLICK SKINTOP® K-M ATEX plus SKINTOP® K-M ATEX plus
• Fewer parts, counter • Automation technology SKINTOP® KR-M ATEX plus • Devices, machines of type
nut no longer needed • Solar applications • High degree of protection of protection enhanced
• Up to 70% time saving due • Switch cabinet building • Dynamic strain stability safety “e”
to innovative CLICK system • Measurement, control and • High strain relief • Equipment group II/
• Vibration protection electrical applications • Large, variable clamping Category 2G+1D
• No thread required • Air conditioning ranges • Mobile offshore and
technology • Permanent vibration marine applications
protection • Chemical and petro­
SKINTOP® CLICK BS SKINTOP® CLICK BS chemical industry
• Reliable bending protec- • Cables for electrical
tion for cable conservation appliances and machinery, SKINTOP® KR-M ATEX plus
and functional reliability which are moved under • With reducing seal insert,
• Up to 70% time saving due normal use, must be pro- to seal cables with smaller
to innovative CLICK system tected against excessive outer diameters.
• No thread required bending, as required
• To protect flexible cables in accordance with
• Fewer parts, counter nut VDE 0730.
no longer needed • Robotics industry
• Flexing machine parts
• Apparatus construction
• Light and sound
applications
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

52 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 53


SKINTOP® MS-M ATEX/ SKINTOP® MS-M BRUSH
SKINTOP® MSR-M ATEX SKINTOP® cable glands nickel plated brass metric
SKINTOP®

SKINTOP®
SKINTOP® cable glands nickel plated brass metric

SKINTOP® MS-M ATEX SKINTOP® MSR-M ATEX

Benefits Application range Benefits Application range


SKINTOP® MS-M ATEX SKINTOP® MS-M ATEX • Faster, easier screen • For EMC compliant
SKINTOP® MSR-M ATEX • Devices, machines of type contact earthing of the copper
• Dynamic strain stability of protection enhanced • Optimal low-resistance braiding and copper
• High strain relief safety “e” 360° screen contact shaft sheath
• Large, variable clamping • Equipment group II/ • Faster than any other • Automotive systems
ranges Category 2G+1D comparable system • Conveyor technology
• Anti Static • Mobile offshore and • Uncomplicated and • High power drives
• Maximum reliability marine applications reliable • Frequency converters
• Chemical and petro­ • Maximum assembly and
chemical industry adjustment possibility

SKINTOP® MSR-M ATEX


• With reducing seal insert,
to seal cables with smaller
outer diameters.

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

54 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 55


SKINTOP® CUBE SILVYN®
SKINTOP® Cable Bushing System Protective cable conduit-
SKINTOP®

and cable carrier systems

SKINTOP®
CUBE MODULE

SKINTOP® CUBE SKINTOP® CUBE FRAME

Benefits Application range


Various clamping range • For installation of
• Vibration safe fixed harnessed cables
modules • Everywhere where cables
• Strain relief must be safely inserted
• Oil resistance into housings.
• Simplified service due to • Apparatus and switch
easy assembling and cabinet construction
disassembling • Electronic installations
• Automation technology

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

56 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


Extraction of the SILVYN® range Extraction of the SILVYN® range
Plastic cable conduits Polyamide cable conduits, corrugated

SILVYN® SI SILVYN® SP SILVYN® RILL PA 6 SILVYN® FPAS


PVC cable conduit – protec- PVC conduit with a A polyamide cable conduit Polyamide conduit for the
tion against dust + humidity. reinforced PVC spiral. for the toughest demands. toughest demands.
SILVYN®

SILVYN®
Cable conduits with PVC spiral Protective cable conduits for subsequent installation

SILVYN® EL SILVYN® ELÖ SILVYN® RILL PA 6 SINUS SILVYN® SPLIT


A flexible PVC conduit with Oil resistant PVC conduit Polyamide 6 protective con- Polyamide 6 protective
a reinforced PVC spiral, with a reinforced PVC spiral. duit, resistant against oil, conduit, resistant against
UL approved. gasoline and chemicals, oil, gasoline and chemicals,
with sinusodial cut. divisible.

Highly flexible cable conduits


Metal cable conduits for heavy mechanical stresses

SILVYN® FPS SILVYN® FD-PU


A highly flexible PUR conduit Highly flexible PUR conduit SILVYN® AS SILVYN® AS-P
with an insulated steel spiral. for the toughest demands, Steel conduit for high Steel conduit, fluid-tight, with
with insulated steel spiral. mechanical stresses. a PVC outer sheath.
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

58 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 59


Extraction of the SILVYN® range SILVYN® CHAIN Series Medium
Steel cable conduits, highly flexible
with a plastic sheath

SILVYN® LCC-2 SILVYN® LCCH-2


SILVYN®

SILVYN®
A highly flexible steel conduit A highly flexible steel
with a plastic sheath. conduit with a plastic sheath,
halogen-free.

All purpose, due to its single pin, also for higher mechanical
requirements. Specially for small and medium-size chains.
SILVYN® SSUE SILVYN® UI511 Available closed or with foldable lid.
A highly flexible stainless Anaconda cable conduit,
steel conduit. stainless steel. Characteristics Application areas
• Standard applications • Automation
• Tongue/groove system • Handling equipment
Anaconda cable conduits in steel and plastic with yellow pin • CNC machines
• Inner hight 18 – 76 mm • Medium sliding
• 12 types, many widths applications

SILVYN® CNP SILVYN® HTDL


Anaconda conduit, Steel protective conduit with
non-metallic, watertight, PVC outer sheet, liquid-tight,
UL approved. UL approved.

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

60 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 61


SILVYN® CHAIN Series Sliding SILVYN® CHAIN Series Steel
SILVYN®

SILVYN®
Specialist for operation on very long travelling distances The hardliner. For all applications not allowing the use of
up to 400 meters. Chain links with shoes made of low- a plastic chain, for example in steel works, foundries, on
friction, low-wear plastics. System-completing channel machine tools and oil-rigs. Made of galvanized steel with
constructions available for supporting and guiding the chain. drilled aluminium frames or steel separators (adjustable
separators). Available in stainless steel AISI 316 if required.
Characteristics Application areas
• Long sliding distances • Sliding with high speed Characteristics Application areas
• Tongue/groove system and high charge weight • Highest load capacity • Steel mills/steel works
with yellow tripple pin • Long life-cycle applications • Highest chemical • Off-Shore
• Inner hight 30 – 70 mm (very long lifetime) resistance • Long-travel machining
• 12 types, many frame ver- • Tongue/groove system centers
sions: Nylon, Aluminium, in metal • Heavy duty environment
Inox • Inner hight 32 – 182 mm
• 5 standard types
• Customised versions

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

62 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 63


SILVYN® CHAIN Installation types FLEXIMARK®
Cable marking products
Horizontal
SILVYN®

Vertical

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

64 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


How? BASIC SYSTEM CUSTOMIZED SYSTEM How? DATA MARKING
Ready made to deliver Your demand – we deliver Flexisoft with Thermal transfer
for each environment Laser office printer ePLAN® and WS-CAD printers
What? interface

What?

Outdoor & Indoor


MINI & MAXI STAINLESS STAINLESS CABLE
Outdoor & Indoor

& HOLDERS STEEL STEEL MARKING


PTE
COLLARS FOR
COLLARS FLEXILABEL FLEXILABEL CABLE TIES &
FOR CABLE TIES LFL & HOLDERS TFL & HOLDERS MARKING TAGS
LFL 4.2 PTET/LAB PTEF/LAB TMB
CABLE

CABLE
COLLARS
COLLARS
FOR CABLE COLLARS FOR
TS & HF & SHRINK TEXT COLLARS
TIES & CABLE TIES & PTET
MARKING TUBES LCK/LCFK CABLE LABEL CABLELABEL
MARKING MARKING TAGS TCK LABELS
TAGS

Indoor
TAGS LABELS LFL & TIES LTFL & TIES
Indoor

TAG TIES & LA/LB LABELS FLEXIMARK® TAG TIES &


flat shrink tube TA LABELS
LABEL CARDS SHRINK TUBE CABLE TIE
DYMO printer
®

before mounting
FLEXIMARK®

FLEXIMARK®
AND BLOCKS MARKING MARKING FKBB

the wire
after mounting before mounting

COLLARS TS/HF SHRINKING


FLEXIPRINT LF & FLEXILABEL FLEXIPRINT TF TUBES SHRINK
the wire

LFL 4.2 MARK SM

WIRE
PA SHRINK
FLEXIPART MARKING TUBE FLEXIPART MARKING

after mounting
RINGS
WIRE

RINGS MARKING

the wire
SNAP-ON
COLLARS
LCFK/LCK BRADY® FLAG TCK FLAG
the wire

&
LABELS LABELS B-425 LABELS LABELS MARKING
SNAP-ON PC SNAP-ON COLLARS & TAGS
COLLARS & MARKING MARKING TAGS
MARKING TAGS RINGS

marking
Device
marking

MLM
Device

® MOUNTING
LFL LEXEL/
PGS LA LABELS TA LABELS BRADY PROFILES
MLM MOUNTING THORSMAN EPREP
CHARACTER ENGRAVED MARKING & TFL 9.5
PROFILES & MINI
COMPONENT

HOLDERS
COMPONENT

Terminal
Terminal

LA LABELS TERMINAL BLOCK


TERMINAL DYMO® printer TERMINAL BLOCK
BLOCK
Sensor
Sensor

CLIP-ON
BRADY®
CLIP-ON COLLARS & LFL COLLARS &
DURASLEEVE MARKING TAGS
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

66 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 67


Cable Accessories PEW 8.87
Front crimp pliers with a large range of diameters
from 0.08 to 10 mm2

EASY STRIP 2
Self-adjusting cutting and stripping tool with an increased
stripping range and for different materials

X cassette: 0.02-10 mm2 Please see our Main


XL cassette: 0.1-4 mm2 Catalogue for further details.

ACCESSORIES
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 69


Twist Tail™ cable tie TY-GUN ERG 120 cable tie pliers/
TY-GUN ERG 50

TY-GUN ERG 120 cable tie pliers/TY-GUN ERG 50

Benefits Application range


Twist Tail™ cable tie • Cable tie tool • For plastic cable ties
TY-GUN allows quick • Installation pistol
• Industry cable ties for • General purpose applica- and economical binding,
quick and secure assembly. tions, indoor and outdoor fixing and mounting
of cable ties.

LS steel cable ties


ACCESSORIES

ACCESSORIES
LS steel cable ties

• LS one piece steel cable tions, e.g. high corrosion


ties can be used outdoors risk.
and under extreme condi-

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

70 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 71


Introduction to Cable Engineering The Fundamentals of Cable Engineering

Continuous supply of electric voltage, by insulation ageing, 1. What cables and con- 2. Explanation
power, or faultless data trans- corrosion, sneak currents, as ductors are required for of general terms
fer respectively, provided well as by unqualified installa- • Electric power transmission
mostly through wiring, are a tion or by incorrectly or badly – for power supply 2.1 Conductor
primary requirement affec- dimensioned design. What Conductor (conductive core)
ting virtually all areas of our is also important is techni- represents a conductive route
life. This  results in tough cally correct elaboration of a of electric power and together
requirements for production, wiring project and proper with insulation it forms a wire.
installation and operation of crosscheck of all installation Several wires form a core. A
cables. To  be able to design work. Then, in operation, it is sheath protects a cable from
the cables suitably and to necessary to observe rele- external actions.
install them correctly, it is vant operating conditions, a
necessary to have good cable was designed for. • Transmission of data, Metals are conductors of the
knowledge in various fields, signals or impulses – for 1st class. Conductance of
e.g. physics, electrical engi- Employees of the Lapp Group data communication metals is related to the num-
neering, mechanic and other are prepared anytime to help ber of electrons in their outer
applied engineering sciences. you professionally in preven- layer. The most often used
ting any and all consequen- conductor materials are as
Cable failure can be caused, ces, which may be caused by follows:
for example, by mechanical a wiring failure. • Copper (Cu) (in more than
action or electrically by over- 99 % of all applications)
• Aluminium (Al)
Generally, the term of electric • Silver (Ag)
cable means a route for
transmission of el. power, Conductors can be bare or
data or signals betweeen a treated (tinned, silver-coated,
source and an appliance (for gold-coated).
data cables → transmitter and
receiver).

Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

72 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 73


Braiding/screening Inside sheath Conductor
Minimum bending radius C, H2, O2, N2, S, e.g.:
It is a characteristic value, • Thermoplastics:
which gives you a degree of PVC, PE, PP, PTFE
Outside sheath Nonwoven textile wrapping Twisted wires
possible cable bending with- • Elastomers (rubber):
out its damaging. It is absolu- CR, SR
Classification according to Stranded core classes tely necessary to respect this • Thermoplastic elastomers:
design: Class 1: compact value, when using a cable in PUR, TPE-E
• Compact core: of a single Class 2: made of tow chains („FD“ cables in
wire (up to  16 mm²) or of multiple wires the Lapp Group programme). An insulated conductor is
multiple wires Class 5: made of fine wires Only  maximum outside dia- called a wire.
• Stranded core: made of 7 Class 6: made of meters are shown for highly
to several hundreds of thin extra-fine wires flexible cables; tolerance is
single wires (VDE 0295/ possible only downwards. 2.3 Twisting
IEC 602258). While producing a multiwire
LAPP KABEL ÖLFLEX® FD 90 cable the wires are twisted
Classes of stranded cores are 1 2 5 6 together.
specified in  VDE 0295, or
from 0.5 mm² in compliance Example of a conductor with
r 3xD
with  IEC 60228 respectively. nominal cross-sectional area
Max. diameter of a single of 16 mm² D

wire and max. conductor D = Cable outside diameter


resistance are critical for the A = π r² or A= π d²/4
core design. The larger cross- A = geometric A cable of wires, a bundle of
sectional area, the lower cross-sectional area 2.2 Insulation wires or a twisted bundle
resistance; the larger length, r = radius Insulation is electrically non- (cable core) is created.
the higher resistance (similar- d = diameter conducting protective layer
ly as for water supply piping). around the conductor. Insula- Reasons for twisting are:
1: solid wire (1 x 4.5 mm) ting materials are applied on • Lower need for space →
2: multiple wires (7 x 1.7 mm) conductors by extrusion. The smaller outer diameters
3: fine wires (122 x 0.41 mm) mostly used insulating mate- • Circular form
rials are compounds of orga- • Flexibility
∅ 1,7 mm ∅ 4,1 mm
nic elements.
Axis of rotation
m
m
5
4,

Torsion length
1 2 3
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

74 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 75


2.4 Identification of wires Coloured wires • or by braiding made of Mechanical actions:
(wire identification code) Protective green-yellow wire copper „D“ wires, e.g. abrasion, impact, bending,
To be able to connect the Colour ratio 70:30 ÖLFLEX® ROBOT 900 DP tension, twisting (torsional
wires correctly, they must be swinging)…
uniquely identified. Examples of protections:
braiding of steel wires, bea-
Numbering • or by braiding made ring members, supporting
• All wires are identified of metallized foil (e.g. alu- braiding, protective hoses
by numbers in ascending minium bonded (steamed)
order from 1 to … 2.5 Protection, polyester sheet), e.g. Chemical actions:
• Mostly by white digits on screening, armouring UNITRONIC® BUS EIB acids, caustics, oils, solvents,
black background (insula­ It has 2 main functions: water (from 50 °C)
tion) • Mechanical protection by Examples of protections:
• The only exception is a pro- braiding made of steel sheath materials, such as
tective conductor, which is wires protected from „S“ TEFLON, ROBUST, PUR; pro-
always green-yellow oxidation, e.g. ÖLFLEX® 2.6 Sheath tective hoses
CLASSIC 100 SY The sheath is a closed cover
Numbered wires protecting elements laying Thermal actions:
Protective green-yellow wire under the sheath from exter- cold, heat
Colour ratio 70:30 nal actions (mechanical, ther- Examples of protections:
• Electromagnetic protection mal, chemical or physical mixture with thermal stabili-
(EMC) by braiding made of damages). Correct selection sers, teflon, silicone
1 tinned copper „C“ wires, of sheath material is decisive.
2 3 e.g. ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Physical actions:
CY black 0.6/1 kV 
Protection from Protection from UV radiation, radioactive
immissions emmissions
radiation
Colour code Examples of protections:
• All wires are differentiated mixture with UV stabilisers
by different colours of in­-
sulation The mostly used sheath
• Individual colours are spe- materials are as follows: PVC,
cified in the „Wire Identifi- PUR, SR, CR.
cation Code“
• e.g. according to DIN VDE
0293-308/HD 308 S2
Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products. Photographs are not to scale and do not represent detailed images of the respective products.

76 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 77


3. Labelling products of the Lapp Group programme 3. Where the cable will be 6. Other requirements
used? Behaviour in case of fire/
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 4 G 1.5 mm² Environment Non-halogenity
1 2 3 4 Indoor or outdoor Chemical actions:
• Thermal resistance free of compounds har-
1. Brand, identification 4. Cross-sectional area or • UV radiation resistance ming varnish wettability,
2. Number of wires diameter (J-Y(St)Y • Weather resistance free of lead, resistance to
3. G with a protective 4 x 2 x 0.6 mm) … and oils, acids, water
conductor or X without relevant quantity 4. How the cable will be laid? Mechanical actions:
a protective conductor Way of laying resistance to torsional
(green-yellow) Fixed or movable, in a tow strain, to abrasion, to ex­-
chain, positively guided tension strain
(pulleys…)
Cable groups and types
• minimum bending radi- 5. Standards,
Control cables Servo cables Power cables Data cables
us, reversed bending approbations, norms
cycles, tensile forces Approbation is a defined
NF VF
In  open or closed cable special standard for cables
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 NYCY; NYCWY; NAYY; Coaxial cables RG
systems (troughs, pipes…) issued by an authorised
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 130 H H07RN-F; H01N2-D; UNITRONIC® LAN
HITRONIC® HUN
• Current-carrying capa­ body including description of
ÖLFLEX® 191 ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100
ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM HITRONIC® POF SIMPLEX PE city, reduction factors design (compositions, materi-
ETHERLINE® TORSION UL
(AWM) CAT.5 In  the vicinity of inter­ als, diameters, etc.) and the
ference fields (EMC) use. (see Table T6 and T18).
ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 755 P UNITRONIC® LiYCY
ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 795 CP UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus UL/CSA • Screening by copper
ÖLFLEX® FD 90 CY J-Y(ST)Y
UNITRONIC® BUS L2/FIP braid

5. What requirements for


4. Selection criteria norms should be fulfilled?
Which criteria are important? 2. What nominal voltage is National norms, e.g. VDE,
required? HAR, UL, CSA, NOM...
1. What is the purpose of Uo/U
use? 300 V, 500 V,
Description of application 600/1000 V ...

78 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 79


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A1 Selection Tables Selection Tables A1
A1: Power and control cables A1: Power and control cables

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY Black

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY Black


For static and occasional For static and occasional

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Orange

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Orange


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 Yellow

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 Yellow


flexing use flexing use

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Black

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Black


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Cold

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Cold


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 CY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 CY


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 SY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 SY


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 BK

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 BK


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 115 CY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 115 CY


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 SY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 SY


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110


POWER 0.6/1 KV

POWER 0.6/1 KV
Application Laying
Excepted circuits remain ener- Outdoor, only indirectly in the
gized acc. IEE 60204-1 § 5.3.5 ground (conduit) UV-protected,
For intrinsically safe circuits in static
see EB-cables
hazardous locations to/VDE 0165 Indoor, on surface, in conduit, in
Hand tools and lamps ducting, in partition walls, static
on worksites Outdoor, protected against UV
Oil resistant to light, static laying
UL + CSA specification Outdoor, unprotected
Oil resistant to VDE in the open, low flexing
Bio oil resistant Indoor, static & low flexing
Cables resistant to chemicals see separate selection Table T1 and T2 application
Cables resistant to ultra-violet light Bending radius, low flexing
Cold-flexible cables 5xD
Servomotors/ 10 x D
Motive pow. engineering 12.5 x D
Standards 15 x D
Based on VDE/HAR/DIN 20 x D
As per Standard Nominal voltage
with VDE certification 250 V
with VDE registration 300/300 V
with HAR certification (HAR) 300/500 V
with UL certification 600 V acc. to UL/CSA
with CSA certification 450/750 V
Temperature range 600/1000 V
+105 °C
+90 °C
+80 °C
+70 °C
+60 °C
-5 °C
-10 °C
-15 °C
-25 °C
-30 °C
-40 °C
-50 °C
-55 °C

80 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 81


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A1 Selection Tables Selection Tables A1
A1: Power and control cables A1: Power and control cables

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY Black


For static and occasional For static and occasional

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Orange


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 Yellow
flexing use flexing use

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Black


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 Cold
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 CY

ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM CY
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 SY
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 BK

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 CY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 115 CY


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 SY

ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110

ÖLFLEX® Tray II CY
POWER 0.6/1 KV

ÖLFLEX® 150 CY
ÖLFLEX® 140 CY

ÖLFLEX® 191 CY
ÖLFLEX® EB CY

ÖLFLEX® Tray II
ÖLFLEX® 150
ÖLFLEX® 140

ÖLFLEX® 191
ÖLFLEX® EB

ÖLFLEX® SF
Make-up Application
Fine-wire VDE class 5, Excepted circuits remain ener-
copper stranded conductors gized acc. IEE 60204-1 § 5.3.5
Superfine wire VDE class 6, For intrinsically safe circuits in
see EB-cables
copper stranded conductors hazardous locations to/VDE 0165
Ultra fine wire VDE class 6, Hand tools and lamps
copper stranded conductors on worksites
Polyurethane core insulation Oil resistant to
Rubber core insulation UL + CSA specification
PVC/special PVC Oil resistant to VDE
PE/PP core insulation Bio oil resistant
Halogen free core insulation Cables resistant to chemicals see separate selection Table T1 and T2
Number printing Cables resistant to ultra-violet light
Colour code to VDE 0293 Cold-flexible cables
ÖLFLEX® colour code Servomotors/
Screening on the forn of Motive pow. engineering
copper braiding Standards
Common inner sheath under Based on VDE/HAR/DIN
overall protection/braiding As per Standard
Steel wire braiding with VDE certification
PVC sheath with VDE registration
PUR sheath, wear resistant, with HAR certification (HAR)
cutting resistant with UL certification
Halogen free outer sheath with CSA certification
Bio oil resistant outer Temperature range
sheath P4/11 +105 °C
Outer sheath of synthetic rubber +90 °C
Outer sheath of Neoprene® +80 °C
rubber +70 °C
Outer sheath of rubber +60 °C
compound acc. to standard
-5 °C
Neoprene® is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemour -10 °C
= Principal application -15 °C
= Application not customary, but possible, -25 °C
or alternative design available in the range -30 °C
= Temperature range for flexible laying -40 °C
= Temperature range for static and flexible laying -50 °C
= Temperature range for static laying -55 °C

82 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 83


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A1 Selection Tables Selection Tables A1
A1: Power and control cables A1: Power and control cables

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

For static and occasional For static and occasional


flexing use flexing use

ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM CY

ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM CY
ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM

ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM
ÖLFLEX® Tray II CY

ÖLFLEX® Tray II CY
ÖLFLEX® 150 CY

ÖLFLEX® 150 CY
ÖLFLEX® 140 CY

ÖLFLEX® 140 CY
ÖLFLEX® 191 CY

ÖLFLEX® 191 CY
ÖLFLEX® EB CY

ÖLFLEX® EB CY
ÖLFLEX® Tray II

ÖLFLEX® Tray II
ÖLFLEX® 150

ÖLFLEX® 150
ÖLFLEX® 140

ÖLFLEX® 140
ÖLFLEX® 191

ÖLFLEX® 191
ÖLFLEX® EB

ÖLFLEX® EB
ÖLFLEX® SF

ÖLFLEX® SF
Laying Make-up
Outdoor, only indirectly in the Fine-wire VDE class 5,
ground (conduit) UV-protected, copper stranded conductors
static Superfine wire VDE class 6,
Indoor, on surface, in conduit, in copper stranded conductors
ducting, in partition walls, static Ultra fine wire VDE class 6,
Outdoor, protected against UV copper stranded conductors
light, static laying Polyurethane core insulation
Outdoor, unprotected Rubber core insulation
in the open, low flexing PVC/special PVC
Indoor, static & low flexing PE/PP core insulation
application Halogen free core insulation
Bending radius, low flexing Number printing
5xD Colour code to VDE 0293
10 x D ÖLFLEX® colour code
12.5 x D Screening on the forn of
15 x D copper braiding
20 x D Common inner sheath under
Nominal voltage overall protection/braiding
250 V Steel wire braiding
300/300 V PVC sheath
300/500 V PUR sheath, wear resistant,
600 V acc. to UL/CSA cutting resistant
450/750 V Halogen free outer sheath
600/1000 V Bio oil resistant outer
sheath P4/11
Outer sheath of synthetic rubber
Outer sheath of Neoprene® rubber
Outer sheath of rubber compound
acc. to standard
Neoprene® is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemour
= Principal application
= Application not customary, but possible,
or alternative design available in the range
= Temperature range for flexible laying
= Temperature range for static and flexible laying
= Temperature range for static laying

84 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 85


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A2 Selection Tables Selection Tables A2
A2: Highly Flexible FD® Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications A2: Highly Flexible FD Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications
®

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation
Use in power chains or Use in power chains or
robot applications robot applications

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 755 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 785 CP


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 790 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 755 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 785 CP


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 790 CP
ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 770 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 770 CP


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 CP


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 760 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 760 CP


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 CY

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 CY


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 750 P
ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 755 P

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 785 P

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 795 P

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 750 P


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 755 P

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 785 P

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 795 P


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 P

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 P


Application Minimum bending radius factor for continuous flexing
For industrial machinery 5xD
to EN 60204 part 1/VDE 0113 6.5 x D
For frequency-converter 7.5 x D
driven servo drives 10 x D
For servo motor, low capacitance 12.5 x D
For encoders, feedback systems, 15 x D
sensors 20 x D
For free arm robots/torsion load Laying
Restricted guidance over rollers, For chains with small radii
motor drums
For chains with restricted space
For indoor application
For low cable weight in the chain
For outdoor application
For 24-hour operation at high
For field bus systems numbers of cycles
For video transmission, RGB For high acceleration
signal transmission values > 10 m/s2
For North America For very high acceleration up
with UL + CSA approvals to 50 m/s2
For use in oily environments, For travel speeds up to 5 m/s,
enhanced oil resistance up to 10 m travel length
For use in areas with bio oils For travel speeds up to 10 m/s,
Temperature range up to 10 m travel length
+105 °C For travel speeds up to 5 m/s,
+90 °C up to 100 m travel length
+80 °C Nominal voltage
+70 °C 350 Vss
+60 °C 30/300 V AC
+5 °C 300/500 V AC
-5 °C 600/1000 V AC
-10 °C 600 V acc. to UL/CSA
-20 °C
-30 °C
-40 °C
-50 °C

86 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 87


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A2 Selection Tables Selection Tables A2
A2: Highly Flexible FD® Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications A2: Highly Flexible FD Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications
®

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation
Use in power chains or Use in power chains or
robot applications robot applications

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 CP


ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 CY
ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 P
SERVO-cable. acc. Indramat
ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 755 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 785 CP


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 790 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 795 CP


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 770 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 CP


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 760 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 CY


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 750 P
ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 755 P

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 785 P

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 795 P

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 781 P

ÖLFLEX® FD ROBUST C
ÖLFLEX® FD ROBUST
ÖLFLEX® FD 820 CH
ÖLFLEX® FD 820 H
Standard INK
Make-up Application
Fine wire VDE class 5, For industrial machinery
copper stranded conductor to EN 60204, part 1/VDE 0113
Superfine wire VDE class 6, For frequency-converter driven
copper stranded conductor servo drives
Ultra fine wire VDE class 6, For servo motor, low capacitance
copper stranded conductor For encoders, feedback systems,
PVC/special PVC, core insulation sensors
Elastomer core insulation For free arm robots/torsion load
PE/cellular PE/cellular PE foam skin Restricted guidance over rollers,
Polyethylene/Polypropylene motor drums
TPE core insulation For indoor application
Special TPE (P4/11) core insulation For outdoor application
Halogen free compound For field bus systems
Number printing For video transmission, RGB
VDE colour code signal transmission
DIN 47100 colour code/ For North America
special colour code with UL + CSA approvals
Pair screening PiCY/PiMF/STP For use in oily environments,
Total screening enhanced oil resistance
Special PVC sheath For use in areas with bio oils
PUR sheath, wear resistant, Temperature range
cutting resistant +105 °C
Rubber sheath +90 °C
TPE (P4/11) sheath bio oil resistant +80 °C
Halogen free compound +70 °C
+60 °C
= Principal application
+5 °C
= Application not customary, but possible,
-5 °C
or alternative design available in the range
-10 °C
= Temperature range for flexible laying
= Temperature range for static and flexible laying -20 °C
= Temperature range for static laying -30 °C
-40 °C
-50 °C

88 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 89


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A2 Selection Tables Selection Tables A2
A2: Highly Flexible FD® Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications A2: Highly Flexible FD Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications
®

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation
Use in power chains or Use in power chains or
robot applications robot applications

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 CP

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 CP


ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 CY

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 CY


ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 P

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 P


SERVO-cable. acc. Indramat

SERVO-cable. acc. Indramat


ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 795 CP

ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 795 CP


ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810


ÖLFLEX® FD ROBUST C

ÖLFLEX® FD ROBUST C
ÖLFLEX® FD ROBUST

ÖLFLEX® FD ROBUST
ÖLFLEX® FD 820 CH

ÖLFLEX® FD 820 CH
ÖLFLEX® FD 820 H

ÖLFLEX® FD 820 H
Standard INK

Standard INK
Minimum bending radius factor for continuous flexing Make-up
5xD Fine wire VDE class 5,
6.5 x D copper stranded conductor
7.5 x D Superfine wire VDE class 6,
10 x D copper stranded conductor
12.5 x D Ultra fine wire VDE class 6,
15 x D copper stranded conductor
20 x D PVC/special PVC, core insulation
Laying Elastomer core insulation
For chains with small radii PE/cellular PE/cellular PE foam skin
For chains with restricted space Polyethylene/Polypropylene
For low cable weight in the chain TPE core insulation
For 24-hour operation at high Special TPE (P4/11) core insulation
numbers of cycles Halogen free compound
For high acceleration Number printing
values > 10 m/s2 VDE colour code
For very high acceleration up DIN 47100 colour code/special
to 50 m/s2 colour code
For travel speeds up to 5 m/s, Pair screening PiCY/PiMF/STP
up to 10 m travel length Total screening
For travel speeds up to 10 m/s, Special PVC sheath
up to 10 m travel length PUR sheath, wear resistant,
For travel speeds up to 5 m/s, cutting resistant
up to 100 m travel length Rubber sheath
Nominal voltage TPE (P4/11) sheath bio oil resistant
350 Vss Halogen free compound
30/300 V AC
300/500 V AC = Principal application
600/1000 V AC = Application not customary, but possible,
600 V acc. to UL/CSA or alternative design available in the range
= Temperature range for flexible laying
= Temperature range for static and flexible laying
= Temperature range for static laying

90 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 91


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A2 Selection Tables Selection Tables A2
A2: Highly Flexible FD® Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications A2: Highly Flexible FD Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications
®

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation
Use in power chains or Use in power chains or
robot applications robot applications

UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus


UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus

UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus


UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus
UNITRONIC® BUS PB FD P

UNITRONIC® BUS PB FD P
UNITRONIC® FD CP plus

UNITRONIC® FD CP plus
UNITRONIC® FD P plus

UNITRONIC® FD P plus
ÖLFLEX® FD 855 CP

ÖLFLEX® FD 855 CP
UNITRONIC® FD CY

UNITRONIC® FD CY
ÖLFLEX® FD 90 CY

ÖLFLEX® FD 90 CY
ÖLFLEX® FD 855 P

ÖLFLEX® FD 855 P
UNITRONIC® FD

UNITRONIC® FD
ÖLFLEX® FD 90

ÖLFLEX® FD 90
Application Minimum bending radius factor for continuous flexing
For industrial machinery 5xD
to EN 60204, part 1/VDE 0113 6.5 x D
For frequency-converter driven 7.5 x D
servo drives 10 x D
For servo motor, low capacitance 12.5 x D
For encoders, feedback systems, sensors 15 x D
For free arm robots/torsion load 20 x D
Restricted guidance over rollers, Laying
motor drums For chains with small radii
For indoor application For chains with restricted space
For outdoor application For low cable weight in the chain
For field bus systems For 24-hour operation at high
For video transmission, RGB numbers of cycles
signal transmission For high acceleration
For North America values > 10 m/s2
with UL + CSA approvals For very high acceleration up
For use in oily environments, to 50 m/s2
enhanced oil resistance For travel speeds up to 5 m/s,
For use in areas with bio oils up to 10 m travel length
Temperature range For travel speeds up to 10 m/s,
+105 °C up to 10 m travel length
+90 °C For travel speeds up to 5 m/s,
+80 °C up to 100 m travel length
+70 °C Nominal voltage
+60 °C 350 Vss
+5 °C 30/300 V AC
-5 °C 300/500 V AC
-10 °C 600/1000 V AC
-20 °C 600 V acc. to UL/CSA
-30 °C
-40 °C
-50 °C

92 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 93


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A2 Selection Tables Selection Tables A3
A2: Highly Flexible FD® Cables – for use in power chains or robot applications A3: Conveyor Cables

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation
Use in power chains or

ÖLFLEX® CRANE VS (N)SHTÖU


robot applications

UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus


UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus
UNITRONIC® BUS PB FD P

ÖLFLEX® CRANE NSHTÖU


UNITRONIC® FD CP plus
UNITRONIC® FD P plus

ÖLFLEX® CRANE PUR


ÖLFLEX® FD 855 CP

ÖLFLEX® CRANE CF

ÖLFLEX® CRANE 2S
UNITRONIC® FD CY
ÖLFLEX® FD 90 CY
ÖLFLEX® FD 855 P

ÖLFLEX® CRANE F
ÖLFLEX® CRANE
UNITRONIC® FD

ÖLFLEX® LIFT S
ÖLFLEX® FD 90

ÖLFLEX® LIFT F

ÖLFLEX® LIFT T
ÖLFLEX® LIFT
Make-up Temperature range
Fine wire VDE class 5, +90 °C
copper stranded conductor +80 °C
Superfine wire VDE class 6, +70 °C
copper stranded conductor
+60 °C
Ultra fine wire VDE class 6,
copper stranded conductor +5 °C
PVC/special PVC, core insulation 0 °C
Elastomer core insulation -5 °C
PE/cellular PE/cellular PE foam skin -10 °C
Polyethylene/Polypropylene
-15 °C
TPE core insulation
-20 °C
Special TPE (P4/11) core insulation
Halogen free compound -25 °C
Number printing -30 °C
VDE colour code -40 °C
DIN 47100 colour code/ Standards
special colour code Based on VDE/HAR/DIN
Pair screening PiCY/PiMF/STP With VDE approbation
Total screening With VDE-Registrierung
Special PVC sheath With HAR-Approbation
PUR sheath, wear resistant, Flame retardant acc. to
cutting resistant IEC 60332.1-2
Rubber sheath Application
TPE (P4/11) sheath bio oil resistant For cable trolley guide systems
Halogen free compound Positive guidance over rollers,
motor drums
= Principal application Reeling re-routing under tension
= Application not customary, but possible,
For freely suspended application in
or alternative design available in the range lift/conveying system
= Temperature range for flexible laying For freely suspended application
= Temperature range for static and flexible laying with additional load
= Temperature range for static laying For indoor application
For short travel distances indoors
For short travel distances outdoors
For use in power chains

94 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 95


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A3 Selection Tables Selection Tables A3
A3: Conveyor Cables A3: Conveyor Cables – ÖLFLEX® CRANE applications

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

ÖLFLEX® CRANE VS (N)SHTÖU

ÖLFLEX® CRANE VS (N)SHTÖU


ÖLFLEX® CRANE NSHTÖU

ÖLFLEX® CRANE NSHTÖU


ÖLFLEX® CRANE PUR

ÖLFLEX® CRANE PUR


ÖLFLEX® CRANE CF

ÖLFLEX® CRANE CF
ÖLFLEX® CRANE 2S

ÖLFLEX® CRANE 2S
ÖLFLEX® CRANE F

ÖLFLEX® CRANE F
ÖLFLEX® CRANE

ÖLFLEX® CRANE
ÖLFLEX® LIFT S

ÖLFLEX® LIFT S
ÖLFLEX® LIFT F

ÖLFLEX® LIFT F
ÖLFLEX® LIFT T

ÖLFLEX® LIFT T
ÖLFLEX® LIFT

ÖLFLEX® LIFT
Bending radius
5x D
6.5 x D Festoons
7.5 x D
10 x D Cable winding reels
12.5 x D light stress level
15 x D (Monospiral installation
20 x D – stacked)
Nominal voltage Cable winding reels
300/500 V medium stress level
(Multispiral installation
450/750 V
– single-layer)
600/1000 V
Cable winding reels
Make-up high stress level
PVC (Multispiral installation
Rubber – multi-layer)
Support core: hemp rope/
textile rope Cable winding reels
Support core: steel rope, internal vertical laying
Support core: steel rope, external
Support core: Kevlar rope Cable tender systems
Outer sheath supporting braid (horizontal)
PVC sheath
PVC sheath cold fl exible Cable tender systems
= Suitable application

(vertical)
Rubber sheath
= Principal application
= Application not customary, but possible,
or alternative design available in the range Guide pulley systems
= Temperature range for flexible laying
= Temperature range for static and flexible laying
= Temperature range for static laying
= Main application

Push buttons

Power chains

Elevator/Lift

96 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 97


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A5 Selection Tables Selection Tables A5
A5: Data transmission cables for low-frequency analog/digital transmissions A5: Data transmission cables for low-frequency analog/digital transmissions

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

= Temperature range for static and flexible laying


UNITRONIC® CY PiDY (TP)

UNITRONIC® CY PiDY (TP)


UNITRONIC® PUR CP (TP)

UNITRONIC® PUR CP (TP)


UNITRONIC® LiFYCY (TP)

UNITRONIC® LiFYCY (TP)


UNITRONIC® LiHCH (TP)

UNITRONIC® LiHCH (TP)


= Temperature range for flexible laying
UNITRONIC® LiYCY (TP)

UNITRONIC® LiYCY (TP)


UNITRONIC® LiYCY-CY

UNITRONIC® LiYCY-CY
UNITRONIC® LiYY (TP)

UNITRONIC® LiYY (TP)


= Temperature range for static laying
UNITRONIC® LiYD11Y

UNITRONIC® LiYD11Y
UNITRONIC® PUR CP

UNITRONIC® PUR CP
UNITRONIC® 100 CY

UNITRONIC® 100 CY
UNITRONIC® LiHCH

UNITRONIC® LiHCH
UNITRONIC® LiYCY

UNITRONIC® LiYCY
UNITRONIC® LiHH

UNITRONIC® LiHH
UNITRONIC® LiYY

UNITRONIC® LiYY
UNITRONIC® 100

UNITRONIC® 100
Application Laying
Additional control/time For static laying outdoors
recording systems (ZK/ZE) For direct laying underground
Operating data acquisition For static installation (indoors)
(BDE) For flexible laying (indoors)
Clock systems occasionally
Forced entry alarm systems For continuous flexible
(EMA) laying (indoors/outdoors)
Fire alarm systems (BMA) Make-up
Telephone extension Halogen free

or alternative design available in the range


systems Flame retardant, self extinguishing

= Application not customary, but possible,


Interphone/Duplex systems For electr. symmetrical
Electroacoustic systems signal transmission (TP),
(ELA/PA) twisted pair
Sound studio cable/ For high end coupling
microphone cable of the pairs, screened
Printer/Plotter For electrical screening
Direct current effect, total screening
stepping motors = Principal application For low attenuation trans-
Encoder mission, low capacitance
Industrial sensors, With individually screened cores
U < 50 Veff With combined core pairs/
Industrial actuators, individual conductors
U < 50 Veff With colour code DIN 47100
Measurement and control With UNITRONIC® colour code
system, analog (MSR) With industrial electronics
MSR, digital colour code VDE 0815
In electronic instruments With star-quad colour code
For cutting/clipping tech- “BD” to VDE 0815/0816
Further halogen free cables and

nology (0.34 mm2/AWG 22) With pair colour code “LG”


Temperature range to VDE 0815
+80 °C With special colour code
+70 °C With numbered cores
leads on request.

+60 °C With PVC/special PVC


outer sheath
-5 °C
With PUR sheath, wear
-20 °C resistant, cutting resistant
-30 °C With PE outer sheath
-40 °C (not flame-retardant)

98 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 99


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A5 Selection Tables Selection Tables A5
A5: Data transmission cables for low-frequency analog/digital transmissions A5: Data transmission cables for low-frequency analog/digital transmissions

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

= Temperature range for static and flexible laying


UNITRONIC® Li2YCY(TP)-Li2YCYv

UNITRONIC® Li2YCY(TP)-Li2YCYv
Telephone indoor cable J-Y(ST)Y

Telephone indoor cable J-Y(ST)Y


UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus

UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP) plus


Fire alarm cable J-Y(ST)Y red

Fire alarm cable J-Y(ST)Y red


UNITRONIC® Li2YCY PiMF

UNITRONIC® Li2YCY PiMF


Telephone outdoor cable

Telephone outdoor cable


UNITRONIC® FD CP plus

UNITRONIC® FD CP plus
= Temperature range for flexible laying
UNITRONIC® FD P plus

UNITRONIC® FD P plus
UNITRONIC® J-2Y(ST)Y

UNITRONIC® J-2Y(ST)Y
= Temperature range for static laying
UNITRONIC® FD CY

UNITRONIC® FD CY
UNITRONIC® FD

UNITRONIC® FD
UNITRONIC® ST

UNITRONIC® ST
JE-LiYCY (TP)

JE-LiYCY (TP)
JE-Y(ST)Y

JE-Y(ST)Y
(TP)

(TP)
Application Laying
Additional control/time For static laying outdoors
recording systems (ZK/ZE) For direct laying underground
Operating data acquisition For static installation (indoors)
(BDE) For flexible laying (indoors)
Clock systems occasionally
Forced entry alarm systems For continuous flexible
(EMA) laying (indoors/outdoors)
Fire alarm systems (BMA) Make-up
Telephone extension Halogen free

or alternative design available in the range


systems Flame retardant, self extinguishing

= Application not customary, but possible,


Interphone/Duplex systems For electr. symmetrical
Electroacoustic systems signal transmission (TP),
(ELA/PA) twisted pair
Sound studio cable/ For high end coupling
microphone cable of the pairs, screened
Printer/Plotter For electrical screening
Direct current effect, total screening
stepping motors = Principal application For low attenuation trans-
Encoder mission, low capacitance
Industrial sensors, With individually screened cores
U < 50 Veff With combined core pairs/
Industrial actuators, individual conductors
U < 50 Veff With colour code DIN 47100
Measurement and control With UNITRONIC® colour code
system, analog (MSR) With industrial electronics
MSR, digital colour code VDE 0815
In electronic instruments With star-quad colour code
For cutting/clipping tech- “BD” to VDE 0815/0816
Further halogen free cables and

nology (0.34 mm2/AWG 22) With pair colour code “LG”


Temperature range to VDE 0815
+80 °C With special colour code
+70 °C With numbered cores
leads on request.

+60 °C With PVC/special PVC


outer sheath
-5 °C
With PUR sheath, wear
-20 °C resistant, cutting resistant
-30 °C With PE outer sheath
-40 °C (not flame-retardant)

100 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 101


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A6 Selection Tables Selection Tables A6
A6: UNITRONIC®-COAX-/BUS-/LAN-Cables – Interfaces COAX-/BUS-/LAN-Cables A6: UNITRONIC -COAX-/BUS-/LAN-Cables – Interfaces COAX-/BUS-/LAN-Cables
®

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

UNITRONIC® BUS IBS FD P COMBI

UNITRONIC® BUS IBS FD P COMBI


UNITRONIC® BUS PB COMBI 7-W

UNITRONIC® BUS PB COMBI 7-W


UNITRONIC® BUS IBS Yv COMBI

UNITRONIC® BUS IBS Yv COMBI


UNITRONIC® BUS IBS P COMBI

UNITRONIC® BUS IBS P COMBI


UNITRONIC® BUS IBS FD P

UNITRONIC® BUS IBS FD P


UNITRONIC® BUS LD FD P

UNITRONIC® BUS LD FD P
UNITRONIC® BUS PB FD P

UNITRONIC® BUS PB FD P
UNITRONIC® BUS PB 7-W

UNITRONIC® BUS PB 7-W


UNITRONIC® BUS IBS Yv

UNITRONIC® BUS IBS Yv


UNITRONIC® BUS PB Yv

UNITRONIC® BUS PB Yv
UNITRONIC® BUS IBS

UNITRONIC® BUS IBS


UNITRONIC® BUS LD

UNITRONIC® BUS LD
UNITRONIC® BUS PB

UNITRONIC® BUS PB
Application Temperature range
suitable for network type to: -30 °C
IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) -40 °C
IEEE 802.4 (MAP) -50 °C
IEEE 802.5 (IBM) -190 °C
ISDN 64 K Bit Characteristic impedance
IBM 3270, 3600, 4300 ≥ 150 Ohm
IBM AS 400, 36, 38 ≥ 120 Ohm
IBM PC Network ≥ 100 Ohm
10 base 5 Ethernet ≥ 93 Ohm
10 base 2 Cheapernet ≥ 75 Ohm
10 base T (UTP) 100 Ohm ≥ 60 Ohm
Token Ring (STP) 150 Ohm ≥ 50 Ohm
Token Bus Capacity category
Radio/TV CAT.5 ≤ 100 MHz
Video BAS/FBAS CAT.6 ≤ 250 MHz
Video RGB Monitors
CAT.7 ≤ 600 MHz
EIA RS 232/V.24
Make-up
EIA RS 422/V.11
PVC sheath
EIA RS 485
Halogen free sheath
EIA RS 232/20 mA (TTY)
PE sheath
Standards
PUR sheath, wear resistant;
PROFIBUS cutting resistant
INTERBUS (Phoenix Contact) Flourpolymer outer sheath
BITBUS (Intel) Laying
For LAN installations (IBM,
Outdoor laying in air
Ethernet etc.)
indirectly in the ground
With IBM reference approval
Indoor use laid directly
Acc. to DEC specification
directly in the ground
Temperature range
+205 °C Halogen free types see Selection Table A4 in the Main Catalogue.
+90 °C = Principal application
+80 °C = Application not customary, but possible,
+70 °C or alternative design available in the range
+60 °C = Temperature range for flexible laying
-5 °C = Temperature range for static and flexible laying
= Temperature range for static laying
-20 °C

102 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 103


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A7 Selection Tables Selection Tables A8
A7: UNITRONIC® BUS and ETHERLINE® A8: Screw Type Cable Glands – At a glance
Legend Characteristics
7-W = 7-wire strand
AS-I = AS-INTERFACE
COMBI IBS = Installation remote bus cable for INTERBUS

Protection class IP/NEMA


DN = Device Net

Connection thread metric

Connection thread NPT


EIB = European Installation Bus

Connection thread PG
FD = suitable for power chains
FRNC = Flame Retardant Non Corrosive

for round cables


for fl at cables
G = rubber outer sheath (EPDM

Strain relief
H = Halogen free material
IBS = Remote bus cable for INTERBUS

Plastic
Metal

Angle
L2 = Abbreviation for SINEC® L2-DP
LD = Long distance
P = Polyurethane outer sheath Cable glands
PB = Profi Bus SKINTOP® ST-M/STR-M/ST(R) M ISO 68/69K
PE = Polyethylene outer sheath SKINTOP® CLICK/CLICK-R 68
PROFIBUS-DP = Decentralized Periphery SKINTOP® CLICK BS 68
PROFIBUS-FMS = Fieldbus Message Specification SKINTOP® COLD/COLD-R 68
PROFIBUS-PA = Process Automation SKINTOP® CUBE 64
TPE = thermoplastic Elastomer SKINTOP® ST and STR 68
Yv = Wire for outdoor use/direct burial with SKINTOP® ST (NPT) and STR (NPT) 68
reinforced PVC outer sheath SKINTOP® ST-HF-M 68
YY = double PVC outer sheath SKINTOP® BS-M/BS M ISO 68
SKINTOP® BS 68
SKINTOP® BS (NPT) 68
For detailed product information, please consult our current SKINTOP® BT and BT-M 68
Main Catalogue or our homepage www.lappgroup.com. 68/69K
SKINTOP® MS-M and MSR-M/
NEMA 4/
MS-M-XL and MSR-M-XL
NEMA 6x
SKINTOP® MS and MSR 68
SKINTOP® MS (NPT) and MSR (NPT) 68
SKINTOP® MS-IS-M 68
SKINTOP® MS-SC-M 68
SKINTOP® MS-M BRUSH/
68/69K
BRUSH plus
SKINTOP® MS-SC 68
SKINTOP® K-M ATEX plus/plus blue 68
SKINTOP® KR-M ATEX plus/plus blue 68
SKINTOP® MS-M ATEX/
68
MS-M-XL ATEX
SKINTOP® MSR-M ATEX 68
SKINTOP® MS-M BRUSH ATEX/
68
SKINDICHT® SHVE-M ATEX
VITON® is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemour

104 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 105


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A8 Selection Tables Selection Tables A8
A8: Screw Type Cable Glands – At a glance A8: Screw Type Cable Glands – At a glance

Characteristics

Use for hazardous areas


Vibration protection
Antikink protection
Screen connection

Halogen free

Approvals
Cable glands
cULus, cURus, TÜV,
SKINTOP® ST-M/STR-M/ST(R) M ISO
VDE, DNV
VDE, cULus,
SKINTOP® CLICK/CLICK-R
cURus, DNV
VDE, cULus,
SKINTOP® CLICK BS
cURus, DNV
SKINTOP® COLD/COLD-R VDE
SKINTOP® CUBE
SKINTOP® ST and STR UL, UR, CSA, TÜV
SKINTOP® ST (NPT) and STR (NPT) UL, UR, CSA
SKINTOP® ST-HF-M VDE
cULus, cURus,
SKINTOP® BS-M/BS M ISO
VDE, DNV
SKINTOP® BS UL, UR, CSA
SKINTOP® BS (NPT)
SKINTOP® BT and BT-M
SKINTOP® MS-M and MSR-M/ cULus, cURus,
MS-M-XL and MSR-M-XL VDE, DNV
SKINTOP® MS and MSR
SKINTOP® MS (NPT) and MSR (NPT) UL, UR, CSA
SKINTOP® MS-IS-M
SKINTOP® MS-SC-M cULus, cURus, DNV
Table of clamping ranges PG/metric
SKINTOP® MS-M BRUSH/ SKINTOP® ST and SKINTOP® ST-M
VDE, cULus, DNV
BRUSH plus
SKINTOP® MS-SC
SKINTOP® K-M ATEX plus/plus blue DNV, ATEX
SKINTOP® KR-M ATEX plus/plus blue DNV, ATEX
SKINTOP® MS-M ATEX/ cULus, cURus,
MS-M-XL ATEX DNV, ATEX
cULus, cURus,
SKINTOP® MSR-M ATEX
DNV, ATEX
SKINTOP® MS-M BRUSH ATEX/
ATEX, DNV
SKINDICHT® SHVE-M ATEX

VITON® is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemour

106 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 107


A8
Clamping ranges SKINTOP® metric

108
SKINTOP® ST-M and SKINTOP® STR-M
Selection Tables
Extracts from Selection Tables

A8: Screw Type Cable Glands – At a glance

Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


SKINTOP® ST/SKINTOP® ST-M
Comparison and classification
of cable glands spanner size PG/metric

PG-thread PG7 PG9 PG11 PG16 PG21 PG29 PG36 PG42 PG48
PG13.5
Wrench size 15 19 22 24 27 33 42 53 60 65
hexagonal in mm

Wrench size
hexagonal in mm 15 19 25 30 36 46 55 66

Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


M12x1.5 M16x1.5 M20x1.5 M25x1.5 M32x1.5 M40x1.5 M50x1.5 M63x1.5
109 Metric thread
A8: Screw Type Cable Glands – At a glance
Selection Tables
Extracts from Selection Tables
A8
Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A11 Selection Tables Selection Tables A11
A11: Applications of HITRONIC® fibre optic components – At a glance A11: Applications of HITRONIC fibre optic components – At a glance
®

Cable Designation Application Cable Designation Application

Energy and data transmission

Energy and data transmission


data transmission systems

data transmission systems

data transmission systems

data transmission systems


Limited UV resistant

Limited UV resistant
SERCOS interface

SERCOS interface
Heat resistant

Heat resistant
Highly flexible

Highly flexible
Unidirectional

Unidirectional
Halogen free

Halogen free
UL approved

UL approved
Bidirectional

Bidirectional
Heavy duty

Heavy duty
PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS
INTERBUS

INTERBUS
Lapp Kabel HITRONIC® fibre optic (POF) program – fibre type, part number Lapp Kabel HITRONIC® fibre optic (PCF) program
HITRONIC® POF SIMPLEX PE-PUR HITRONIC® BUS PCF DUPLEX
POF 980/1000, Part No. 2185 030 indoor, Part No. 2185 311
HITRONIC® POF SIMPLEX PVC HITRONIC® BUS PCF DUPLEX
POF 980/1000, Part No. 2185 201 outdoor, Part No. 2185 302
HITRONIC® POF SIMPLEX S Lapp Kabel HITRONIC® fibre optic (GOF) program
PE-PUR POF 980/1000, HITRONIC® HQN Outdoor Cable
Part No. 2185 205 (A-DQ(ZN)B2Y)
HITRONIC® POF SIMPLEX S HITRONIC® HIH Indoor Cable
PA-PUR POF 980/1000, (J-D(ZN)H)
Part No. 2185 204 HITRONIC® HUN Universal Cable
HITRONIC® POF SIMPLEX PE (J/A-DQ(ZN)BH)
POF 980/1000, Part No. 2185 001 HITRONIC® HRH Breakout Cable
HITRONIC® POF SIMPLEX FD (AT-V(ZN)HH)
PE-PUR POF 980/1000, HITRONIC® HDH Mini-Breakout
Part No. 2185 207 Cable (J-V(ZN)H)
HITRONIC® POF DUPLEX FD HITRONIC® FD Mobile Cable
PE-PUR POF 980/1000, (AT-VQ(ZN)11Y)
Part No. 2185 213
HITRONIC® POF SIMPLEX 105 °C
XPE POF 980/1000,
Part No. 2185 202
HITRONIC® POF DUPLEX PE
POF 980/1000, Part No. 2185 010
HITRONIC® POF DUPLEX HEAVY
PE-PUR POF 980/1000,
Part No. 2185 211
HITRONIC® POF DUPLEX PE-PVC
POF 980/1000, Part No. 2185 209
HITRONIC® POF DUPLEX PVC-PVC
POF 980/1000, Part No. 2185 210
HITRONIC® POF DUPLEX PE-PUR
POF 980/1000, Part No. 2185 040
HITRONIC® POF MULTI FIBRE
PE-PVC, Part No. 3036 010
HITRONIC® FD P DESINA®
4x1.5 + 2xPOF 980/1000,
Part No. 2186 001

110 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 111


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A12 Selection Tables Selection Tables A13
A12: Applicability of Servo Cables in Power Drive Systems (PDS) A13: Cables for expanded ambient temperatures

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 H05SS-F EWKF


Power Drive

Heidenhain

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 EWKF C


INDRAMAT
Systemes

SIEMENS

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 EWKF

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 C MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 145 C MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 C MS

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 1565 MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 SiHF

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 GLS


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 GLS
ÖLFLEX® HEAT 205 MC
ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 350 MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 105 MC
ÖLFLEX® HEAT 145 MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 MS


LENZE
Type of service

SEW
Power

Power

Power

Power

Power
Signal

Signal

Signal

Signal

Signal
Motor
Cable type Line
ÖLFLEX® SERVO 700 Application
ÖLFLEX® SERVO 700 CY External and internal
ÖLFLEX® SERVO 709 CY cabling of machinery
ÖLFLEX® SERVO 720 CY Internal wiring
static run or flexing

ÖLFLEX® SERVO 730 in cabinets


ÖLFLEX® SERVO 730 CY In dry rooms
ÖLFLEX® SERVO 2YSLCY In dry and damp rooms
low Capacitance For outdoor use, fixed
ÖLFLEX® SERVO 9YSLCY installed and mech.
low Capacitance protected
Servo-Ltg. acc. to SEW Highest chemical
Standard static resistance
SERVO-cable acc. In EMI critical areas
to Siemens FX5 Serie Suitable for the use
in paint shop lines
= Principal application Temperature range
= Application not customary, but possible, +1565° C
or alternative design available in the range +400° C
Siemens part designations (6FX5002/5008, 6FX7002/7008, 6FX8002/8008) +350° C
are registered trademarks of Siemens AG and for comparing purpose only. +300° C
Indramat part designations (IKG, IKS, INK, INS, RKL und RKG) are registered +260° C
trademarks of Bosch Rexroth AG and for comparing purpose only. Lenze® part +200 °C
designations (EWLM_, EWLR_, EWLE_, EWLL_, EYL und EYP) are registered +180 °C
trademarks of Lenze® AG used for comparing purposes only. SEW and SEW +145 °C
Eurodrive are registered trademark of SEW Eurodrive GmbH & Co KG, Ernst-Blickle +125 °C
Str. 42, D-76646 Bruchsal. Heidenhain, Elau, KEB, Controles Techniques, Berger +105 °C
Lahr, B & R, Fanuc and others are registered trademarks of its Owner, printed +90 °C
for comparing purpose only. -20 °C
-35 °C
For more assemblies, refer to Main Catalogue. For detailed -50 °C
product information, please consult our current Main Catalogue -80 °C
or our homepage www.lappgroup.com. -100 °C
-140 °C
-190° C

112 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 113


Extracts from Selection Tables Extracts from Selection Tables
A13 Selection Tables Selection Tables A13
A13: Cables for expanded ambient temperatures A13: Cables for expanded ambient temperatures

Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation Application Criteria Cable and Lead Designation

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 H05SS-F EWKF

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 H05SS-F EWKF


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 EWKF C

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 EWKF C


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 EWKF

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 EWKF


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 C MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 C MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 145 C MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 145 C MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 C MS

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 C MS


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 1565 MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 1565 MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 SiHF

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 SiHF


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 GLS

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 GLS


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 GLS

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 GLS


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 205 MC
ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 350 MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 205 MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 260 MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 350 MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 105 MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 105 MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 145 MC

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 145 MC


ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 MS

ÖLFLEX® HEAT 180 MS


Nominal voltage Make-up
300/500 V Solid conductor
450/750 V according VDE
600/1000 V 0295 Class 1
10 kV Fine wired according
600 V according UL/CSA VDE 0295 Class 5
Standards PVC core insulation/
sheath, heat resistant
Halogen free according
IEC 60754-1 Halogen free special
core insulation/sheath
Low smoke density
according IEC 601034 Silicone core
insulation/sheath
Low smoke toxicity
according NES 02-713 Silicone, notch resistant
(EWKF) sheath
Flame retardant
according IEC 60332-1-2 Fluoropolymer core
insulation/sheath
Low flame propagation (FEP/PTFE)
according IEC 60332.3
Glass fibre
Based on VDE/HAR/DIN insulation/sheath
With HAR certification Core number printing
With UL/CSA according VDE 0293
certification Core colour code
With GL resp. DNV according VDE
certification 0293-308
Individual colours
Common
copper screening
Steel wire armouring
= Principal application
= Application not customary, but possible,
or alternative design available in the range
= Temperature range for flexible laying
= Temperature range for static and flexible laying
= Temperature range for static laying
= Temperature range for static laying (short-term)

114 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 115


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T1 Technical Tables Technical Tables T1
T1: Chemical resistance of cable sheaths T1: Chemical resistance of cable sheaths

Cable and Lead Designation Cable and Lead Designation

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100, -110, -115 CY, ÖLFLEX® SERVO 700,

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100, -110, -115 CY, ÖLFLEX® SERVO 700,


ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 400 P, -400 CP, -415 CP, -440 P, -440 CP,

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 400 P, -400 CP, -415 CP, -440 P, -440 CP,
-450 P, -500 P, -540 CP, -540 P, -550 P, ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD

-450 P, -500 P, -540 CP, -540 P, -550 P, ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD


ÖLFLEX® FD 90, FD 90 CY, ÖLFLEX® 140, 140 CY, ÖLFLEX®

ÖLFLEX® FD 90, FD 90 CY, ÖLFLEX® 140, 140 CY, ÖLFLEX®


FD 891/891 CY, Tray II, ÖLFLEX® SERVO 709 CY, ÖLFLEX®

FD 891/891 CY, Tray II, ÖLFLEX® SERVO 709 CY, ÖLFLEX®


SERVO FD 781 CY, ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM/TM CY, SERVO

SERVO FD 781 CY, ÖLFLEX® CONTROL TM/TM CY, SERVO


The information is given to the The information is given to the

-700 CY, -2YSLCY, -720, -730, -730 CY, UNITRONIC® 100,

-700 CY, -2YSLCY, -720, -730, -730 CY, UNITRONIC® 100,


140, 140 CY, 150, 150 QUATTRO, -191, -191 CY, ÖLFLEX®

140, 140 CY, 150, 150 QUATTRO, -191, -191 CY, ÖLFLEX®
750, -755, -755 CP, 760, -770, -785, -790 CP, 795 P/CP

750, -755, -755 CP, 760, -770, -785, -790 CP, 795 P/CP
best of our knowledge and best of our knowledge and

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 SY, ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 CY,

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 SY, ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 CY,


experience, but must be experience, but must be
regarded as being for the regarded as being for the
guidance only. A definite guidance only. A definite

cables acc. SEW, SIEMENS FX 5008 Standard

Kabel nach SEW, SIEMENS FX 5008 Standard


judgement depends in most judgement depends in most
cases on tests under actual cases on tests under actual
working conditions. working conditions.

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 SY, -110 CY

ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 SY, -110 CY


All values are for +20 °C All values are for +20 °C

-EB, -9YSLCY

-EB, -9YSLCY
aqu. = in aqueous solution
a.c. = any concentration
cs. = cold saturated
Inorganic chemicals Conc. Inorganic chemicals Conc.
Alums cs. Mercury salts, aqu. cs.
Aluminium salts a.c. Nitric acid 30 %
Ammonia, aqu. 10 % Hydrochloric acid conc.
Ammonium acetate, aqu. a.c. Sulphur 100 %
Ammonium carbonate, aqu. a.c. Sulphur dioxide, gaseous
Ammonium chloride, aqu. a.c. Carbon disulphide
Barium salts a.c. Hydrogen sulphide
Boric acid, aqu. Sea water
Calcium chloride, aqu. cs. Silver salts, aqu.
= moderate resistant
= less/not resistant
Calcium nitrate, aqu. cs. Hydrogene peroxide 3%
= good resistant

Chromium salts, aqu. cs. Zinc salts, aqu.


Potassium carbonate, aqu. (potash) Stannous chloride
Potassium chlorate, aqu. cs. Organic chemicals
Potassium chloride, aqu. cs.
Ethyl alcohol 100 %
Potassium dichromate, aqu.
Formic acid 30 %
Potassium jodide, aqu.
Gasoline
Potassium nitrate, aqu. cs.
Succinic acid, aqu. cs.
= average to strong reaction

Potassium permanganate, aqu.


= slight to average reaction

Acetic acid 20 %
Potassium sulfate, aqu.
Hydraulic oil
= no to slight reaction

Copper salts, aqu. cs.


Magnesium salts, aqu. cs. Isopropyl alcohol 100 %
Sodium bicarbonate, aqu. (soda) Machine oil
Sodium bisulphite, aqu. Methyl alcohol 100 %
Sodium chloride, aqu. (cooking salt) Oxalic acid, aqu. cs.
Sodium thiosulphate, aqu. (fixing salt) Cutting oil
Nickel salts, aqu. cs. Vegetable oil and fats
Phorsphoric acid 50 % Tartaric acid, aqu.
Mercury 100 % Citric acid

116 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 117


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T1 Technical Tables Technical Tables T1
T1: Chemical resistance of cable sheaths T1: Chemical resistance of cable sheaths

Cable and Lead Designation Cable and Lead Designation

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 P, -810 CP, -855 P, -855 CP, ÖLFLEX®

ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC 810 P, -810 CP, -855 P, -855 CP, ÖLFLEX®


FD 891 P, -891 CP, ÖLFLEX® Robot 900, -F1, UNITRONIC® FD P,

FD 891 P, -891 CP, ÖLFLEX® Robot 900, -F1, UNITRONIC® FD P,


CP, UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP), HITRONIC® POF with PUR-sheath,

CP, UNITRONIC® FD CP (TP), HITRONIC® POF with PUR-sheath,


ÖLFLEX® LIFT T, LIFT S, ÖLFLEX® CRANE 2S, ÖLFLEX® LIFT

ÖLFLEX® LIFT T, LIFT S, ÖLFLEX® CRANE 2S, ÖLFLEX® LIFT


The information is given to the The information is given to the

130 H, 135 CH, 130 H BK 0,6/1 KV, 135 CH BK 0.6/1 KV,


130 H, 135 CH, 130 H BK 0,6/1 KV, 135 CH BK 0,6/1 KV,
UNITRONIC® FD plus types, UNITRONIC® PUR, SERVO cables

UNITRONIC® FD plus types, UNITRONIC® PUR, SERVO cables


ÖLFLEX® CRANE PUR, UNIRONIC® LiYD11Y, UNITRONIC® FD

ÖLFLEX® CRANE PUR, UNIRONIC® LiYD11Y, UNITRONIC® FD


UNITRONIC® H-(ST)H, NHXMH, ÖLFLEX® 120 H, 120 CH,

UNITRONIC® H-(ST)H, NHXMH, ÖLFLEX® 120 H, 120 CH,


best of our knowledge and best of our knowledge and
experience, but must be experience, but must be
regarded as being for the regarded as being for the
guidance only. A definite guidance only. A definite

acc. SIEMENS Standard FX7, Fx8 PLUS Standard

acc. SIEMENS Standard FX7, Fx8 PLUS Standard


judgement depends in most judgement depends in most
cases on tests under actual cases on tests under actual
working conditions. working conditions.

F, ÖLFLEX® SF, Single core LiFY

F, ÖLFLEX® SF, Single core LiFY


ÖLFLEX® CRANE round and flat

ÖLFLEX® CRANE round and flat


All values are for +20 °C All values are for +20 °C

Halogen-free cables and leads

Halogen-free cables and leads


ÖLFLEX® FD 820 H

ÖLFLEX® FD 820 H
aqu. = in aqueous solution
a.c. = any concentration
cs. = cold saturated
Inorganic chemicals Conc. Inorganic chemicals Conc.
Alums cs. Mercury salts, aqu. cs.
Aluminium salts a.c. Nitric acid 30 %
Ammonia, aqu. 10 % Hydrochloric acid conc.
Ammonium acetate, aqu. a.c. Sulphur 100 %
Ammonium carbonate, aqu. a.c. Sulphur dioxide, gaseous
Ammonium chloride, aqu. a.c. Carbon disulphide
Barium salts a.c. Hydrogen sulphide
Boric acid, aqu. Sea water
Calcium chloride, aqu. cs. Silver salts, aqu.
= moderate resistant
= less/not resistant
Calcium nitrate, aqu. cs. Hydrogene peroxide 3%
= good resistant

Chromium salts, aqu. cs. Zinc salts, aqu.


Potassium carbonate, aqu. (potash) Stannous chloride
Potassium chlorate, aqu. cs. Organic chemicals
Potassium chloride, aqu. cs. Ethyl alcohol 100 %
Potassium dichromate, aqu.
Formic acid 30 %
Potassium jodide, aqu.
Gasoline
Potassium nitrate, aqu. cs.
Succinic acid, aqu. cs.
= average to strong reaction

Potassium permanganate, aqu.


= slight to average reaction

Acetic acid 20 %
Potassium sulfate, aqu.
Hydraulic oil
= no to slight reaction

Copper salts, aqu. cs.


Isopropyl alcohol 100 %
Magnesium salts, aqu. cs.
Machine oil
Sodium bicarbonate, aqu. (soda)
Sodium bisulphite, aqu. Methyl alcohol 100 %
Sodium chloride, aqu. (cooking salt) Oxalic acid, aqu. cs.
Sodium thiosulphate, aqu. (fixing salt) Cutting oil
Nickel salts, aqu. cs. Vegetable oil and fats
Phorsphoric acid 50 % Tartaric acid, aqu.
Mercury 100 % Citric acid

118 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 119


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T3 Technical Tables Technical Tables T3
T3: Assembly Guidelines T3: Assembly Guidelines

■ ÖLFLEX® FD- and UNITRONIC® FD Cables ■ ÖLFLEX® FD- and UNITRONIC® FD Cables
in Power Chain Systems in Power Chain Systems

1. The choice of the power chain 5. The cables must not be fixed or 7. Please, make sure, that the cables
system (also cable track system) tied together in the chain. can move absolutely freely in the
must be made in accordance with bending section of the power chain.
the needs of the required cables. 6. The cables should be connected at Compulsory guide of the cables via
both ends of the chain. In the case of the power chain must be excluded,
Note: It is very recommendable not long power chains with top trunks so that relative movement of the
to make use of cables with multi-layer lying on and rubbing against bottom cables with respect to each other
construction if possible, e.g. > 25 4. The cables must lie loosely next trunks, the cables may only be con- and to the guide is possible. It is
cores, but to assign the necessary to each other in the chain stays. nected at the driven. The bending of recommendable to check the posi-
cores to a higher number of cables. As far as possible they should be the cables must not include their con- tion of the cable after a brief period
arranged individually, disjoined via nection points. The distance between of operation. This inspection must
2. The minimum permissible bending separators and placed within indivi- the end point of the bending move- take place after thrust and tension
radii of the cables must be strictly dual holders in the neutral zone of ment and the connection point should movement.
adhered to (please, find further the chain. The free space for the be as large as possible (in the case of
appropriate information in the Tech­ cables in the chain stay should be ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 750 P, -760 CP
nical Data of our Catalogue under at least 10 per cent of the cable and UNITRONIC® FD minimum 20
bending radius for flexible use). diameter. Arranging cables one times the cable diameter. In the case
above the other without using of ÖLFLEX® FD CLASSIC, ÖLFLEX®
3. The cables must be laid out without separators should be avoided. FD, ÖLFLEX® SERVO FD 755 P -795 P
twisting into the power chain system. and ÖLFLEX® FD ROBUST minimum
Therefore, please, never pull off one Note: In case of a vertically sus- 10 times the cable diameter). 8. If a power chain breaks, the cables
cable end overhead from drums and pended chain arrangement more must also be replaced, because da-
coils which rest on their sides, but free space must be provided regar- mage due to excessive stretching
unroll the cables from the drum or ding the height of the chain stay, cannot be ruled out.
the coil and lay them out or suspend because the cables are extended
them, if necessary. For the use in during operation. After a short period 9. In case your horizontally installed
power chain systems, we recommend of operation, the length adjustment power chain will be long enough to
only to withdraw cables directly from of the cables must be checked and, have the top trunk gliding on top
drums standing or hanging vertically. if necessary, corrected. of the bottom trunk it is very impor-
tant to allocate the cables within
Warning: Along the cables, the im- the chain in a way that horizontally
prints run gently spirally around their symmetric distribution of the total
surfaces, conditionally of manufactu- weight of the cables is guaranteed.
ring. Therefore, the printing cannot be Only by respecting this rule, it is
used as an indicator of the twist-free assured, that the top trunk will not
straightening of the cables. When the cant in the bottom trunk through
cables are drawn in, the chains should torsion of the top trunk as a conse-
be laid out longitudinally. Afterwards, quence of one-sided weight distri-
the power chains loaded with cables bution inside of it. Disregarding of
can be brought into operating position. this advice dramatically reduces
cycle life of the power chain system.

SKINTOP® cable glands to be tightened


by hand only (without using a tool).
Avoid bruising of the cables. September 2009

120 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 121


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T4 Technical Tables Technical Tables T4
T4: Assembly Guidelines T4: Assembly Guidelines

■ ÖLFLEX® CRANE NSHTÖU, ÖLFLEX® CRANE VS (N)SHTÖU ■ ÖLFLEX® CRANE NSHTÖU, ÖLFLEX® CRANE VS (N)SHTÖU
and ÖLFLEX® CRANE PUR and ÖLFLEX® CRANE PUR

1. The delivery drum should be trans- Depending on the position of the the inner bending diameter must Using sheaves the inner contact face
ported as close as possible to the in- cable infeed resp. junction at the generally be at least 15 times the may not have a concave shape to
stallation site. It should be also avo- winding reel body it is highly re- cable diameter. With ÖLFLEX® avoid cable twisting which can be
ided to roll the drum needlessly over commended to observe the correct CRANE PUR the inner bending dia- caused due to permantent extensive
longer distances. If the drum can’t be cable winding direction on the meter should not be less than 15 jacket contact with the inner sheave
mounted closely enough on the plant reeling drum as displayed on the times the cable diameter. The mini- surface. To ensure correct cable run-
or equipment it is necessary to unreel illustration below: mum bending radius is specified on ning the inner width of the guiding
the cable with the aid of idler pulleys the corresponding Catalogue page groove must be 10 − 15 % larger
by using a drag rope and a cable resp. in the product data sheet. than the outer diameter of the cable.
holding sleeve.
9. S-bends in the cable must be avo-
2. During unreeling process the cable ided. However if this proves impos-
may only pulled off straight from the sible in the case of cables with an
top of pivot-mounted revolving drums. 5. If the infeed point is passed over outside diameter of up to 21.5 mm
Sheave Sheave
High tensile forces must be avoided dur­ing operation it will be necessary the center spacing of the two idlers
and also the cable may not deflected to use a compensating pulley of ap- must be at least 20 times and for
or dragged over sharp edges. The c propriate diameter carrying 1 – 2 ca- those above 21.5 mm at least
able temperature may not be below ble windings. If the infeed is under- 25 times the cable diameter. correct incorrect
+5 °C during this procedure (norma­ ground below the surface it will be
tive reference to VDE 0298). necessary to provide a diverting fun- 12. The actual current rating (I) in
nel above the compensating pulley. continuous operation depends on
3. Before cable assembling the whole - the conductor cross-section (lmax)
cable installation length must be 6. It is essential to use sufficiently - the ambient temperature (f1)
completely laid-out and stretched. pro­portioned clamps or cable - the amount of cable reeled on
It is very important not to rewind the holding sleeves (length ≥ 4 x D) for the drum (f2)
cable directly from the shipping drum fastening the cable at the end of
on the equipment drum. (see also the travel length in order to prevent The maximum permissible strain
chapter 4). When the cable is in laid crushing. The length of cable left 10. The permissible reeling speed may imposed on the installed cable
position S-bends or other deflections unreeled before the fastening point be up to v = 2 m/sec at an accele- is obtained from the following
must beavoided. must be at least 40 x D but it is ration of up to a = 0.4 m/sec2. formula:
advisable to use also here a com-
pensating pulley. 11. The static continuous tension load l = lmax x f1 x f2
should not exceed 15 N/mm2 of
7. At least 2 cable windings must re- the total copper cross-section and 13. The cables fulfil the requirements
main on the equipment drum when the dynamic peak tensile force may of VDE 0250. Further stress will
the cable has been completely run not exceed 25 N/mm2. For cables limit the service life of the cable.
incorrect incorrect out by reaching the maximum travel with very thick outer diameters it is
distance. recommended to use guide rollers
4. The cable must be reeled on the to reduce high friction of the cable
reeling drum without any twists. 8. For ÖLFLEX® CRANE NSHTÖU jacket during directional change.
It is also very important to avoid cables with an outside diameter of
torsion during connection and up to 21.5 mm the inner bending
fastening to the infeed. The core diameter should not be less then
layer design of reelable ÖLFLEX® 10 times and above that figure
CRANE cables is manufactured with 12.5 times the cable diameter.
a S-stranding direction of the cores. With ÖLFLEX® CRANE VS (N)SHTÖU

122 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 123


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T5 Technical Tables Technical Tables T5
T5: Assembly Guidelines T5: Assembly Guidelines

■ Lift Control Cables Type ÖLFLEX® LIFT, ÖLFLEX® LIFT T, ■ Lift Control Cables Type ÖLFLEX® LIFT, ÖLFLEX® LIFT T,
ÖLFLEX® LIFT S ÖLFLEX® LIFT S

A General Notes B Suspending the Cables C Installing the Cables 3. In case of unsteady movement, i.e.
leaving the drop line during operati-
1. Cables installation should be done 1. When suspending the cables in the 1. It is indispensable to use large on, the control cable must be twi-
twist-free and at temperatures not shaft, unreel them tangentially. Un- clamps for cable installation (for sted slightly at one of the mounting
below +5 °C. Power ampacity: see reeling axially leads to cable torsion example Lapp wedged clamps points until proper cable movement
VDE 0298-4 / Lapp Table T12-1 and interferences with the core twi- type EKK or DKK). With suspen­- has been achieved.
column C. sting. This results in disturbances sion heights of 50 m and more
during operation (see Figure 2). the carrying core has to be 4. If several control cables have to be
2. The inner bending radius of the ca- damped separately. installed in the lift device, it is re-
ble must not be less than 40 times 2. In order to guarantee torsion-free commended for technical reasons
cable diameter. suspension, the cable must be 2. The cable must be mounted to to install the cables in a way that
loosely suspended in the shaft the shaft wall at least 2 m above the loops have height distances
3. Maximum suspension height de- before final installation. This can half the driving length. about 15 cm (stepwise suspension).
pends on the carrying core (see be done best by installing the
specifications). The maximum cable from the shaft bottom.
Fig. 3
load must not be exceeded by
more then 10 per cent. 3. The free space between lift cabin
and shaft bottom must be suffici-
4. The transporting drum should be ently large. It has to be used for the
driven to the application place. If cable loop (see Figure 3).
possible, avoid rolling the drum. Carrying core

Otherwise the drum must be rolled


on the floor only in the direction
given in Figure 1. Mounting
at shaftwall

Fig. 1 Fig. 2
direction of movement

ÖLFLEX® Lift
direction of
RIGHT:
cable reeling
tangentia unreeling
Cabin
Mounting point
at the cabin

WRONG:
axial unreeling

124 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 125


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T6 Technical Tables Technical Tables T6
T6: Type Abbreviations T6: Type Abbreviations

Control Cables Harmonised Cables

□ □ □ □ □ □ □ x □ □ □ □ □ □ – □ □ □ □
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1. Basic type 4. Special features 1. Basic type 5. Special features


N VDE standard T Support wire H harmonised type C4 Copper screen braiding
(N) or X as per VDE Ö Enhanced oil resistance A national type H Flat cable, separable
U Flame-retardant H2 Flat cable, not separable
2. Insulation material w Heat resistant, weather 2. Rated voltage H6 Flat cable, not separable,
Y Thermoplastic resins resistant 01 100/100Volt for lifts
X Crosslinked thermoplastic FE Insulation retained for 03 300/300Volt H8 Helical/spiral cable
resins a limited time 05 300/500Volt
G Elastomers C Screen braiding 07 450/750Volt 6. Conductor type
HX Halogen-free materials D Screening as envelope U Single wire
with copper wire 3. Insulation material R Multi-wire
3. Cable designation S Steel wire braid as V PVC K Fine wire (static)
A Cored cable mechanical protection V2 PVC +90 °C F Fine wire (flexible)
D solid wire V3 PVC cold-flexible H Superfine wire
AF Fine wire cored cable 5. Sheaths B Ethylenpropylen rubber Y Tinsel wire
F Socket core as point 2. Insulating material E PE Polyethylene D Fine wire core for
L Fluorescent tube cable P/PUR polyurethane X XPE, crosslinked PE welding cable
LH Connecting cable light R Rubber E Superfine core for
mechanical load 6. Protective conductor S Silicone rubber welding cable
MH Connecting cable -O without protective conductor
medium mechanical load -J with protective conductor 4. Outer/inner sheath material 7. Number of cores
SH Connecting cable V PVC … No. of cores
heavy mechanical load 7. Number of cores V2 PVC +90 °C
SSH Connecting cable special … No. of cores V3 PVC cold-flexible 8. Protective conductor
load V5 PVC with enhanced oil X without protective conductor
SL Control cable/welding cable 8. Conductor cross-section resistance G with protective conductor
S Control cable in mm2 R Rubber
LS Light control cable N Chloroprene rubber 9. Conductor cross section
FL Flat cable Q Polyurethane in mm2
Si Silicone cable J Glass fibre braid
Z Twin calbe T Textile braid
GL Glass filament
Li Stranded core to VDE 0812
LiF Stranded core to VDE 0812,
superfine wire

Example: NSHTÖU 24G 1.5 Example: H05 VV-F 3G 1.5


ÖLFLEX® CRANE NSHTÖU – VDE approved, 24-core medium PVC sheathed cable 3-core with protective
with protective conductor, cross-section 1.5mm2 conductor, cross-section 1.5 mm2

126 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 127


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T6 Technical Tables Technical Tables T6
T6: Type Abbreviations T6: Type Abbreviations

Telephone Cables and Leads Fibre optic cables complying with VDE 0888

□ □ – □ □ □ □ x □ x □ □ □ □ □ – □ □ □ □ x □ x □ □ □ □
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1. Basic type 5. Sheath material 1. Basic type 5. Number of fibres


A Outside cable (see 3. insulation) A Outdoor cable
G Mine cable AT Outdoor cable, divisible 6. Fibre type
J Installation cable 6. Number of elements I Indoor cable G Gradient fibre glass/glass
Li Rubber sheathed cable … number of stranding elements E Monomode fibre glass/glass
S Jumper cable 2. Fibres S Stepped fibre glass/glass
7. Stranding elements D Bundled cores, filled K Stepped fibre glass/plastic
2. Additional information 1 Single core V Full core
B Lightning protection make-up 2 Pair H Loose tube, unfilled 7. Fibre core diameter
J Induction protection W Loose tube, filled
E Electronics 8. Conductor diameter B Bundled cores, unfilled 8. Fibre sheath diameter
… in mm
3. Insulation material 3. Other structural elements 9. Attenuation coefficient in dB/km
Y PVC 9. Stranding element F Petroleum jelly filling
2Y Polyethylene F star-quad (railway) Q Swelling tape 10. Optical window
O2Y Cellular-PE St star-quad (phantom) S Metal element A 650 nm
5Y PTFE StI star-quad (trunk cable) in cable core B 850 nm
6Y FEP StIII star-quad (local cable) F 1300 nm
7Y ETFE TF star-quad for TF 4. Sheath H 1550 nm
P Paper S signal cable (railway) 2Y PE sheath
PiMF screened pair (L)2Y Layered sheath 11. Bandwidth in MHz and
4. Make-up features (D)2Y PE sheath with dispersion in ps/nm/km
F Petroleum jelly filling 10. Type of stranding plastic barrier layer
L Aluminium sheath Lg twisted in layers (ZN)2Y PE sheath with non-
LD Corrugated AI sheath Bd twisted in bundles metallic strain relief
(L) Aluminium strip elements
(ST) Metal foil screen (L)(ZN)2Y Layered sheath with
(K) Copper strip screen non-metallic strain
(C) Copper braid screen relief elements
(Z) Steel wire braid (D)(ZN)2Y PE sheath with plastic
W Corrugated steel sheath barrier layer and non-
M Lead sheath metallic strain relief
Mz Special lead sheath elements
b Armouring B Armouring
c Jute sheath + ground BY Armouring with
E Ground layer + strip PVC casing
B2Y Armouring with
PE casing

Example: A2Y(L)2Y 6 x 2 x 0.8 Bd


Telephone cable for local network with
PE insulation and composite layer sheath

128 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 129


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T7 Technical Tables Technical Tables T7
T7: Core Ident Code for ÖLFLEX® cables T7: Core Ident Code for UNITRONIC® cables

■ Colour code for ÖLFLEX® cables ■ Colour code for UNITRONIC®100 cables

Applicable for the following cables with and consists of 11 basic colours. This contains colours and colour achieved by one or two 2 mm wide
6 or more cores: ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC The variations in the basic colours are combinations up to 102 cores and colour spirals or by ringmarking.
100, ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 CY, made by one or two 2 mm wide colour consists of 10 basic colours. The In this way each core is easily
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 SY and spirals.In this way each core can be variation in the basic colours is distinguishable from the others.
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100 BK Power distinguished easily from the others.
0.6/1 KV. It contains colours and For cables with up to 5 cores see T9. Basic colours Basic colours with green spiral
colour combinations of up to 102 cores 0 green-yellow 32 red-green
1 black 33 grey-green
Basic colours Basic colours with blue spiral 2 blue 34 violet-green
0 green-yellow 31 brown-blue 3 brown 35 white-green
1 white 32 grey-blue 4 beige 36 orange-green
2 black 33 red-blue 5 yellow 37 brown-green
3 blue 34 pink-blue 6 green
4 brown 35 orange-blue 7 violet Basic colours with yellow spiral
5 grey 36 transparent-blue 8 pink 38 red-yellow
6 red 37 beige-blue 9 orange 39 blue-yellow
7 violet 10 transparent 40 violet-yellow
8 pink Basic colours with brown spiral 41 white-yellow
38 grey-brown Basic colours with white spiral 42 brown-yellow
9 orange
39 red-brown 11 red-white
10 transparent
12 blue-white Basic colours with blue spiral
11 beige 40 violet-brown
13 yellow-white 43 red-blue
41 pink-brown
14 green-white 44 white-blue
Basic colours with white spiral 42 orange-brown
15 violet-white 45 orange-blue
12 black-white 43 transparent-brown 16 orange-white 46 brown-blue
13 blue-white 44 beige-brown 17 brown-white
14 brown-white Basic colours with violet spiral
15 grey-white Basic colours with grey spiral Basic colours with red spiral 47 yellow-violet
16 red-white 45 red-grey 18 blue-red 48 green-violet
17 violet-white 46 violet-grey 19 yellow-red 49 white-violet
18 pink-white 47 pink-grey 20 green-red 50 orange-violet
19 orange-white 48 orange-grey 21 white-red 51 brown-violet
20 transparent-white 49 transparent-grey 22 orange-red
21 beige-white 50 beige-grey 23 brown-red Basic colours black,
variegated spiral
Basic colours with black spiral Basic colours with red spiral Basic colours with black spiral 52 black-white
22 blue-black 51 orange-red 24 red-black 53 black-yellow
52 transparent-red 25 blue-black 54 black-red
23 brown-black
53 beige-red 26 yellow-black 55 black-green
24 grey-black
27 green-black 56 black-blue
25 red-black 28 violet-black 57 black-violet
26 violet-black Basic colours with violet spiral
29 white-black
27 pink-black 54 pink-violet
30 orange-black
28 orange-black 55 orange-violet
31 brown-black
29 transparent/black 56 transparent-violet
30 beige-black

130 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 131


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T8 Technical Tables Technical Tables T9
T8: International Colour Codes for Extension and Compensating Cables T9: Core Ident Code according to VDE Colour Code

■V
 DE 0293-308/HD 308 S2 Conductor ident code for colour
coded low voltage multiconductor cables and cords
Thermocouple
Marking of the conductors of low- as for electrical installation and
DIN IEC 584 DIN 43710 voltage multiconductor cables and distribution systems. 3a und 4a:
cords of portable equipment as well for special applications only.
Material Identification Identification
+  – EXT COM THL COM
1 2 3 4
Number Cables and cords Cables and cords Cables having
T Cu – CuNi TX of having protective without protective concentric
con- conductor conductor conductor design
ductors (Abbreviations: (Abbreviations:
J or G) O or X)
U Cu – CuNi UX
2 – BU/BN BU/BN
3 GNYE/BN/BU BN/BK/GY BN/BK/GY
3a – BU/BN/BK BU/BN/BK
J Fe – CuNi JX 4 GNYE/BN/BK/GY BU/BN/BK/GY BU/BN/BK/GY
4a GNYE/BU/BN/BK
5 GNYE/BU/BN/BK/GY BU/BN/BK/GY/BK BU/BN/BK/GY/BK
6 GNYE/BK BK BK
L Fe – CuNi LX
and having printed having printed having printed
more numbers numbers numbers

E NiCr – CuNi EX

■ VDE0293 former Colour Code for Power Cables –


NiCr – Ni KX (colour abbreviations are listed in IEC 60757)

Marking of the cores in multi-core mobile and portable equipment.


and multi-wire cables for connecting
K NiCr – Ni KCA KCA
1 2 3 4
Number Cables with Cables without Cables with
of green-yellow green-yellow concentric
NiCr – Ni KCB con- identified core identified core conductors
ductors (harmonized) (not yet
harmonized)
2 – BN/BU –
N NiCrSi – NiSi NX NC
3 GNYE/BN/BU BN/BU/BK –
3 – BN/BK/GY –
4 GNYE/BK/BU/BN BK/BN/BU/BK –
R PtRh13 – Pt RCB RCB
4 GNYE/BN/BK/GY BU/BN/BK/GY –
S PtRh10 – Pt SCB SCB
5 GNYE/BK/BU/BN/BK BK/BN/BU/BK/BK –
5 GNYE/BU/BN/BK/GY BU/BN/BK/GY/BK –
PtRh30 GNYE/other cores Black cores with
B – PtRh6 6 black with numbering numbering,
and from inside beginning from inside –
more with 1, GNYE in the beginning
EXT = Extension Cables outer layer with 1.
COM = Compensating Cables

132 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 133


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T9 Technical Tables Technical Tables T9
T9: Core Ident Code according to VDE Colour Code T9: Core Ident Code according to DIN Colour Code

■ VDE0293 former Colour Code for Power Cables – ■ DIN 47100/January 1988 – Colour code for UNITRONIC®
(colour abbreviations are listed in IEC 60757) twisted pairs

Marking of the cores in multi-core and multi-wire cables for static installation Each pair comprises one a-core and time. The first colour is always the ba-
one b-core. From 23 pairs upwards the sic colour of the core and the second
marking repeats for the first time and colour is printed in rings.
1 2 3 4 from 45 pairs upwards for the second
Number Cables with Cables without Cables with
of green-yellow green-yellow concentric Pair No. Colour a-core Colour b-core
con- identified core identified core conductors 1 white brown
ductors (Abbreviations: J) (Abbreviations: O)
2 green yellow
2 – BK/BU BK/BU
3 grey pink
3 GNYE/BK/BU BN/BU/BK BK/BU/BN
4 blue red
3 – BN/BK/GY –
5 black violet
4 GNYE/BK/BU/BN BK/BN/BU/BK BK/BU/BN/BK
6 grey/pink red/blue
4 GNYE/BN/BK/GY BU/BN/BK/GY –
7 white/green brown/green
5 GNYE/BK/BU/BN/BK BK/BN/BU/BK/BK –
8 white/yellow yellow/brown
5 GNYE/BU/BN/BK/GY BU/BN/BK/GY/BK –
9 white/grey grey/brown
GNYE/other cores Black cores with Black cores
with numbering, 10 white/pink pink/brown
6 black with numbering numbering,
and from inside beginning from inside from inside 11 white/blue brown/blue
more with 1, GNYE in the beginning beginning 12 white/red brown/red
outer layer with 1. with 1. 13 white/black brown/black
14 grey/green yellow/grey
15 pink/green yellow/pink
16 green/blue yellow/blue
17 green/red yellow/red
18 green/black yellow/black
19 grey/blue pink/blue
20 grey/red pink/red
21 grey/black pink/black
22 blue/black red/black
23 – 44 see 1–22 see 1–22
45 – 66 see 1–22 see 1–22

134 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 135


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T9 Technical Tables Technical Tables T9
T9: Core Ident Code according to VDE Colour Code T9: Core Ident Code according to DIN Colour Code

■ DIN 47100 Colour Code (but in contrast to DIN: ■ Colour Code UNITRONIC® 300 & 300 CY (20 – 16 AWG)
without colour repetition after the 44th core)
Core No. Colour Core No. Colour
Exception: 4-core cord: white, yellow, brown, green. 1 black 26 white/black/green
2 red 27 white/black/yellow
Core No. Colour Core No. Colour 3 white 28 white/black/blue
1 white 32 yellow/blue 4 green 29 white/black/brown
2 brown 33 green/red 5 orange 30 white/black/orange
3 green 34 yellow/red 6 blue 31 white/black/gray
4 yellow 35 green/black 7 brown 32 white/black/violet
5 grey 36 yellow/black 8 yellow 33 white/black/black
6 pink 37 grey/blue 9 violet 34 white/red/black
7 blue 38 pink/blue 10 gray 35 white/red/red
8 red 39 grey/red 11 pink 36 white/red/green
9 black 40 pink/red 12 tan 37 white/red/blue
10 violet 41 grey/black 13 red/green 38 white/red/brown
11 grey/pink 42 pink/black 14 red/yellow 39 white/red/violet
12 red/blue 43 blue/black 15 red/black 40 white/green/black
13 white/green 44 red/black 16 white/black 41 white/green/red
14 brown/green 45 white/brown/black 17 white/red 42 white/green/green
15 white/yellow 46 yellow/green/black 18 white/green 43 white/green/blue
16 yellow/brown 47 grey/pink/black 19 white/yellow 44 white/green/brown
17 white/grey 48 red/blue/black 20 white/blue 45 white/green/violet
18 grey/brown 49 white/green/black 21 white/brown 46 white/blue/black
19 white/pink 50 brown/green/black 22 white/orange 47 white/blue/red
20 pink/brown 51 white/yellow/black 23 white/gray 48 white/blue/green
21 white/blue 52 yellow/brown/black 24 white/violet 49 white/blue/blue
22 brown/blue 53 white/grey/black 25 white/black/red 50 white/blue/brown
23 white/red 54 grey/brown/black
24 brown/red 55 white/pink/black
25 white/black 56 pink/brown/black
26 brown/black 57 white/blue/black
27 grey/green 58 brown/blue/black
28 yellow/grey 59 white/red/black
29 pink/green 60 brown/red/black
30 yellow/pink 61 black/white
31 green/blue

The first colour indicates the basic co- Where three colours are indicated, the
lour of the core insulation, the second second and third colours are printed
colour indicates the colour of the prin- on the basic colour.
ted ring.

136 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 137


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T9 Technical Tables Technical Tables T10
T9: Core Ident Code according to VDE Colour Code T10: Core Ident Code: VDE Colour Code for Telephone Cables

■ Colour Code UNITRONIC® 300 & 300 CY (24 – 22 AWG) VDE 0815 and 0816 Supposition:
Unit Twisted The two paired installation cable is star
Core No. Colour Core No. Colour quad stranded.
1 black 26 white/black/violet Colour Code for Cable Types
2 brown 27 white/black/gray J-2Y(ST)Y, A-2YF(L)2Y, A-2Y(L)2Y Side 1 (pair 1):
3 red 28 white/brown/red Star-quad bundles a-core red
4 orange 29 white/brown/orange b-core black
5 yellow 30 white/brown/yellow The marking of the cores is by means
6 green 31 white/brown/green of rings quad of a unit. Side 2 (pair 2):
7 blue 32 white/brown/blue a-core white
8 violet 33 white/brown/violet Side 1 b-core yellow
9 gray 34 white/brown/gray a-core without ring
10 white 35 white/red/orange b-core
11 white/black 36 white/red/yellow VDE 0815
12 white/brown 37 white/red/green
Side 2
13 white/red 38 white/red/blue
a-core Colour Code for
14 white/orange 39 white/red/violet
b-core Industrial Electronic Cables JE-…
15 white/yellow 40 white/red/gray
Marking:
16 white/green 41 white/orange/yellow
Basic colours of the core
17 white/blue 42 white/orange/green
insulation for the 5 quads The cores of these pairs are marked
18 white/violet 43 white/orange/blue
by the basic colours of the insulating
19 white/gray 44 white/orange/violet
Quad 1 red sheath, which are repeated in the
20 white/black/brown 45 white/orange/gray
21 white/black/red 46 white/yellow/green Quad 2 green same sequence in each unit:
22 white/black/orange 47 white/yellow/blue Quad 3 grey
23 white/black/yellow 48 white/yellow/violet Quad 4 yellow Basic colours of the pairs:
24 white/black/green 49 white/yellow/gray Quad 5 white Pair 1 2 3 4
25 white/black/blue 50 white/green/blue a-core blue grey green white
The number units are marked with red b-core red yellow brown black
spirals.
The units are marked in groups with
the colour of the rings on the core in-
VDE 0815 sulation sheaths and the arrangement
of the coloured rings. The ring groups
Colour Code for Indoor Telephone are spaced approximately 60 mm
Cables J-Y(ST)Y … LG apart.
(Pairs in layers, counting from
outside to inside). In cables with more than 12 units the
13th and the subsequent units have
a-core: coloured spirals.
pairs in each layer red, by all other
pairs white.

b-core:
blue, yellow, green, brown, black
in continual repetition.

138 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 139


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T10 Technical Tables Technical Tables T11
T10: Core Ident Code: VDE Colour Code for Telephone Cables T11: Conductor Resistances and Conductor Make-up (metric)

Unit Ring Ring Unit ■ Conductor Resistances and Conductor Make-up (metric)
colour group spiral
1 pink – Conductor Resistances: for annealed- core cables ≥ 0.5 mm2 acc. to DIN EN
2 pink – copper-conductors in single- and multi- 60228 (VDE 0295).
3 pink –
Conductor resistance for 20 °C for 1 km in Ω
4 pink – Nominal (maximum value)
cross-
5 orange – section of metal coated of bare copper wire
in mm2 copper wire
6 orange – Class 2 Class 5 + 6 Class 2 Class 5 + 6
7 orange – 0.08 250.0 243.0
8 orange – 0.14 142.0 138.0
0.25 82.0 79.0
9 violet – 0.34 59.0 57.0
10 violet – 0.5 36.7 40.1 36.0 39.0
11 violet – 0.75 24.8 26.7 24.5 26.0
12 violet – 1 18.2 20.0 18.1 19.5
1.5 12.2 13.7 12.1 13.3
13 pink blue 2.5 7.56 8.21 7.41 7.98
4 4.70 5.09 4.61 4.95
14 pink blue
6 3.11 3.39 3.08 3.30
15 pink blue 10 1.84 1.95 1.83 1.91
16 pink blue 16 1.16 1.24 1.15 1.21
25 0.734 0.795 0.727 0.780
17 orange red 35 0.529 0.565 0.524 0.554
18 orange red 50 0.391 0.393 0.387 0.386
70 0.270 0.277 0.268 0.272
19 orange red 95 0.195 0.210 0.193 0.206
20 orange red 120 0.154 0.164 0.153 0.161
150 0.126 0.132 0.124 0.129
185 0.100 0.108 0.0991 0.106
240 0.0762 0.0817 0.0754 0.0801
300 0.0607 0.0654 0.0601 0.0641
400 0.0475 0.0470
500 0.0369 0.0366
630 0.0286 0.0283
800 0.0224 0.0221
1000 0.0177 0.0176

140 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 141


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T11 Technical Tables Technical Tables T11
T11: Conductor Resistances and Conductor Make-up (metric) T11: Conductor Resistances and Conductor Make-up (metric)

Examples of Conductor Make-up (metric) Examples of Conductor Make-up (metric)

Cross section Multi-Wire Multi-Wire Fine-Wire Cross Super-Fine-Wire


in mm2 Strands Strands Strands section Strands
in mm2
0.14 0.14 ~ 18 x 0.10 ~ 18 x 0.1 ~ 36 x 0.07 ~ 72 x 0.05
0.25 ~ 14 x 0.15 0.25 ~ 32 x 0.10 ~ 32 x 0.1 ~ 65 x 0.07 ~ 128 x 0.05
0.34 7 x 0.25 ~ 19 x 0.15 0.34 ~ 42 x 0.10 ~ 42 x 0.1 ~ 88 x 0.07 ~ 174 x 0.05
0.38 7 x 0.27 ~ 12 x 0.20 0.38 ~ 21 x 0.15 ~ 48 x 0.1 ~ 100 x 0.07 ~ 194 x 0.05
0.5 7 x 0.30 7 x 0.30 ~ 16 x 0.20 0.5 ~ 28 x 0.15 ~ 64 x 0.1 ~ 131 x 0.07 ~ 256 x 0.05
0.75 7 x 0.37 7 x 0.37 ~ 24 x 0.20 0.75 ~ 42 x 0.15 ~ 96 x 0.1 ~ 195 x 0.07 ~ 384 x 0.05
1.0 7 x 0.43 7 x 0.43 ~ 32 x 0.20 1.0 ~ 56 x 0.15 ~ 128 x 0.1 ~ 260 x 0.07 ~ 512 x 0.05
1.5 7 x 0.52 7 x 0.52 ~ 30 x 0.25 1.5 ~ 84 x 0.15 ~ 192 x 0.1 ~ 392 x 0.07 ~ 768 x 0.05
2.5 7 x 0.67 ~ 19 x 0.41 ~ 50 x 0.25 2.5 ~ 140 x 0.15 ~ 320 x 0.1 ~ 651 x 0.07 ~ 1280 x 0.05
4 7 x 0.85 ~ 19 x 0.52 ~ 56 x 0.30 4 ~ 224 x 0.15 ~ 512 x 0.1 ~ 1040 x 0.07
6 7 x 1.05 ~ 19 x 0.64 ~ 84 x 0.30 6 ~ 192 x 0.20 ~ 768 x 0.1 ~ 1560 x 0.07
10 7 x 1.35 ~ 49 x 0.51 ~ 80 x 0.40 10 ~ 320 x 0.20 ~ 1280 x 0.1 ~ 2600 x 0.07
16 7 x 1.70 ~ 49 x 0.65 ~ 128 x 0.40 16 ~ 512 x 0.20 ~ 2048 x 0.1
25 7 x 2.13 ~ 84 x 0.62 ~ 200 x 0.40 25 ~ 800 x 0.20 ~ 3200 x 0.1
35 7 x 2.52 ~ 133 x 0.58 ~ 280 x 0.40 35 ~ 1120 x 0.20
50 ~ 19 x 1.83 ~ 133 x 0.69 ~ 400 x 0.40 50 ~ 705 x 0.30
70 ~ 19 x 2.17 ~ 189 x 0.69 ~ 356 x 0.50 70 ~ 990 x 0.30
95 ~ 19 x 2.52 ~ 259 x 0.69 ~ 485 x 0.50 95 ~ 1340 x 0.30
120 ~ 37 x 2.03 ~ 336 x 0.67 ~ 614 x 0.50 120 ~ 1690 x 0.30
150 ~ 37 x 2.27 ~ 392 x 0.69 ~ 765 x 0.50 150 ~ 2123 x 0.30
185 ~ 37 x 2.52 ~ 494 x 0.69 ~ 944 x 0.50 185 ~ 1470 x 0.40
240 ~ 37 x 2.87 ~ 627 x 0.70 ~ 1225 x 0.50 240 ~ 1905 x 0.40
300 ~ 61 x 2.50 ~ 790 x 0.70 ~ 1530 x 0.50 300 ~ 2385 x 0.40
400 ~ 61 x 2.89 ~ 2035 x 0.50 400
500 ~ 61 x 3.23 ~ 1768 x 0.60 500
630 ~ 91 x 2.97 ~ 2286 x 0.60 630
Single-Wire Strand Multi-Wire Strands Fine-Wire Strands Single-Wire Strand Super-Fine-Wire Strands

Normative references: Normative references:


Single-Wire Conductor ... (Class 1), see DIN EN 60228 (VDE 0295), Table 1 Single-Wire Conductor ... (Class 1), see DIN EN 60228 (VDE 0295), Table 1
Multi-Wire Conductor ... (Class 2), see DIN EN 60228 (VDE 0295), Table 2 Super-Fine-Wire Conductor ... (Class 6), see DIN EN 60228 (VDE 0295), Table 4
Fine-Wire Conductor ... (Class 5), see DIN EN 60228 (VDE 0295), Table 3

142 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 143


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T12 Technical Tables Technical Tables T12
T12: Power Rating – Basic Table T12: Power Rating – Basic Table

■ Table 12-1: Power rating ■ Table 12-1: Power rating

Of wires & cables having nominal voltage up to 1000 V and heat resistant wire & Of wires & cables having nominal voltage up to 1000 V and heat resistant wire &
cables, ambient temperature +30 °C cables, ambient temperature +30 °C

Cable or lead category Cable or lead category


A B C D
Single core cable Multi core cables and cords for Multicore cables + cords, excl. Multicore heavy duty
• rubber insulated home- and portable apparatus home- + portable apparatus rubber cables
• PVC insulated • rubber insulated • rubber insulated ≤ 0.6/1kV
• TPE insulated • PVC insulated • PVC insulated Single core special
• heat resistant • TPE insulated • TPE- insulated rubber cables
• heat resistant 0.6/1kV or 1.8/3kV

Method of Method of
installation installation

Number of current Number of current


carrying conductors
13) 2 3 carrying conductors
2 or 3 3 13)
Nominal cross Nominal cross
section in mm2 Current rating in A Current rating in A Current rating in A Current rating in A
section in mm2
0.081) 1.5 - - 0.081) 1 - -
0.141) 3 - - 0.141) 2 - -
0.251) 5 - - 0.251) 4 - -
0.341) 8 - - 0.341) 6 - -
0.5 122) 3 3 0.5 92) - -
0.75 15 6 6 0.75 12 - -
1.0 19 10 10 1.0 15 - -
1.5 24 16 16 1.5 18 23 30
2.5 32 25 20 2.5 26 30 41
4 42 32 25 4 34 41 55
6 54 40 - 6 44 53 70
10 73 63 - 10 61 74 98
16 98 - - 16 82 99 132
25 129 - - 25 108 131 176
35 158 - - 35 135 162 218
50 198 - - 50 168 202 276
70 245 - - 70 207 250 347
95 292 - - 95 250 301 416
120 344 - - 120 292 - 488
150 391 - - 150 335 - 566
185 448 - - 185 382 - 644
240 528 - - 240 453 - 775
300 608 - - 300 523 - 898
400 726 - - 400 - - -
500 830 - - 500 - - -
Sources of current DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08 DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08 Sources of current DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08 DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08
ratings of Table 12-1: Table 11 Column 2 Table 11 Column 3 + 4 ratings of Table 12-1: Table 11 Column 5 Table 15 Column 4 + 2

144 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 145


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T12 Technical Tables Technical Tables T12
T12: Power Rating – Basic Table T12: Power Rating – Basic Table

Note: D: Multi core heavy duty rubber cables ● free in air or on cable trays: ● Attention: Single cores (wires)
Design of Tables 12 to 13 deviates U0/U ≤ 0.6/1kV: ÖLFLEX® CRANE Current rating values of Table 12-1 installed in conduits or pipes in
from VDE 0298-4 design. In case of NSHTÖU, ÖLFLEX® CRANE VS, column A or D, or attached to walls (Installation
doubt, appliance of the current issue NSHTÖU, NSSHÖU, ÖLFLEX® - for 1~A.C. – or D.C. circuits a Methode A1 or B1) in buildings
of the DIN VDE 0298-4 is obligatory. HEAT-Multicore cables. derating factor of 0.8 see VDE 0298, Tables 3 or 5,
Table 12-1 values have to be taken into Single core special rubber cable - for 3~A.C. circuits a derating column 2, 3, 6, or 7 & Table 21
consideration of further applicable U0/: 0.6/1kV or 1.8/3 kV: NSGA factor of 0.7 have to applied be
converting/derating factors: FÖU, NSHXAFÖU; ÖLFLEX® HEAT® fore applying conversion factor
● Other ambient temperatures: 145 single core cables. of Table 12-8
Table 12-2
● more then 3 current carrying cores Current (power) ampacity
of multiconductor cables up to of other cables:
10 mm2: Table 12-3 Copper earthing cable ESUY
● Ambient temperatures > 50 °C see VDE 0105 part 1
of heat resistant wire & cables: H07RN-F/A 07RN-F/H07BQ-F for in­
Table 12-4 dustrial use: see Catalogue Table T12-9.
● for winded, spooled cables: Welding cable H01N2-D see Catalogue
Table 12-5 Table T12-10.
● Grouping of singe core & multi core Cables for building wiring: NYM, NHX-
cables in conduits, raceways, wire MH, NYY, NYCY, NYCWY, NHXHX see
ways, floor & ceiling: Table 12-6 VDE 0298-4, 2003-08, Table 3 & 4.
● Grouping of multi core cables in Cables & wires in machines: see DIN
cable trays: Table 12-7 EN 60204-1/VDE 0113-1 Cabels &
● Grouping of single core cables in wires in machines for USA: see
cable trays: Table 12-8 National Electrical Code & NFPA 79,
Table 13
Table 12-1 Column A – D,
Cable Categories:
A: Singe cores: LiY, LiYCY-EA, H05V-K, 1)
VDE 0891-1 -borrowed current ra-
H07V-K, H07V2-K, H07Z-K, Multi- tings for conductor sizes < 0.5mm2
standard wiring cable, ÖLFLEX® (0.08 – 0.34 mm2)
HEAT 105, -145, ÖLFLEX® HEAT 2)
In terms of VDE 0298-4, 2003-08,
180 and ÖLFLEX® HEAT 205/260 Table 11 column 2 extended range
wires/single core cables. for size 0.5 mm2.
B: Multicore cables & service cords 3)
Clustering of single core cables in
for home- and portable apparatus: touch to each other or bundled
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100, H05VV-F, cables:
450 P, 500 P 540 P, H05RR-F , ● on surfaces: Current rating values
H05RN-F, H05BQ-F, H07BQ-F of Table 12-1 column A or D,
C: Multi core power and control cables - for 1~A.C. or – or D.C.-circuits
excluding home and portable appa- a derating factor of 0.76
ratus: All ÖLFLEX®-, ÖLFLEX® - for 3~A.C. circuits a derating
CRANE-, ÖLFLEX® HEAT-, ÖLFLEX® factor of 0.67 have to be applied
HEAT 180-, ÖLFLEX® HEAT before applying conversion
205/260- cables, factor of Table 12-6

146 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 147


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T12 Technical Tables Technical Tables T12
T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables

■ Table 12-2: Correction Factors ■ Table 12-4: Correction factors of heat resistant
cables and wires
For ambient temperatures different to wires see Table T12-4 (in accordance
30 °C. For heat resistant cables and to DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08, Table 17). Cables and wires classified according to its rated temperature of the conductor
(See product page of the Catalogue “Technical Data, Temperature
Rated temperature of the conductor of wire or cable Range, for upper value for static and/or flexing use”).
(See product page of the Catalogue, Technical Data, Temperature range: ÖLFLEX® HEAT Halogen free ÖLFLEX® ÖLFLEX®
upper value for static and/or flexing) 105 H07V2-K single core HEAT 145 HEAT 180
60 °C 70 °C 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C ÖLFLEX®-FD H07Z-K Silicone
Ambient ROBUST 110 °C rubber
Correction factor, H07Z-K 90 °C
temperature applicable to current value of T12-1
in °C Ambient Correction factors, applying to current value of
10 1.29 1.22 1.18 1.17 1.15 temperature Table 12-1, column A, C or D for heat resistant
15 1.22 1.17 1.14 1.13 1.12 in °C wires and cables
20 1.15 1.12 1.10 1.09 1.08 (Source: DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08, Table 18)
25 1.08 1.06 1.05 1.04 1.04 up to 50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 55 0.94 1.00 1.00 1.00
35 0.91 0.94 0.95 0.95 0.96 60 0.87 1.00 1.00 1.00
40 0.82 0.87 0.89 0.90 0.91 65 0.79 1.00 1.00 1.00
45 0.71 0.79 0.84 0.85 0.87 70 0.71 1.00 1.00 1.00
50 0.58 0.71 0.77 - 0.82 75 0.61 1.00 1.00 1.00
55 0.41 0.61 0.71 - 0.76 80 0.50 1.00 1.00 1.00
60 - 0.50 0.63 - 0.71 85 0.35 0.91 1.00 1.00
65 - 0.35 0.55 - 0.65 90 - 0.82 1.00 1.00
70 - - 0.45 - 0.58 95 - 0.71 1.00 1.00
75 - - 0.32 - 0.50 100 - 0.58 0.94 1.00
80 - - - - 0.41 105 - 0.41 0.87 1.00
85 - - - - 0.29 110 - - 0.79 1.00
115 - - 0.71 1.00
120 - - 0.61 1.00
125 - - 0.50 1.00
■ Table 12-3: Correction Factors 130 - - 0.35 1.00
135 - - - 1.00
for multiconductor cables and cords, (DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08. Table 26). 140 - - - 1.00
having condcutor size up to 10 mm2 150 - - - 1.00
155 - - - 0.91
Number of current Correction factors for Correction factors for 160 - - - 0.82
carrying conductors cables in free air cables in earth (burial) 165 - - - 0.71
5 0.75 0.70 170 - - - 0.58
7 0.65 0.60 175 - - - 0.41
10 0.55 0.50
14 0.50 0.45
19 0.45 0.40 ■ Table 12-5: Correction factors
24 0.40 0.35
40 0.35 0.30
of spooled/winded cables (DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-8. Table 27)
61 0.30 0.25
Number of layers on spool, 1 2 3 4 5
reel or drum
Correction factor 0.80 0.61 0.49 0.42 0.38
For helix-type coiled/winded cables (spiral in one layer) the correction factor is 0.8.

148 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 149


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T12 Technical Tables Technical Tables T12
T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables

■ Table 12-6: Correction factors Number of current-carrying multicore cables or number


of groups of 2- or 3-phase A.C. circuits single core cables
Grouping on the wall, floor, ceiling in dance to DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08, 9 10 12 14 16 18 20
conduits or closed wire ways (in accor- Table 21). Type of installation Correction factor, applicable
(method) to the current value of Table 12-1
Number of current-carrying multicore cables or number On floors or walls with contact
of groups of 2- or 3-phase A.C. circuits single core cables between each other bunched
directely as well as in conduits
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 or in wireways.
Type of installation Correction factor, applicable 0.50 0.48 0.45 0.43 0.41 0.39 0.38
(method) to the current value of Table 12-1
On floors or walls with contact
between each other bunched
directely as well as in conduits
or in wireways. In touch between each other,
1.00 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.57 0.54 0.52 directely attached to walls or
floors in one layer.

0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70


In touch between each other,
directely attached to walls or
floors in one layer.

1.00 0.85 0.79 0.75 0.73 0.72 0.72 0.71 With clearance of “d” between
each other, directely attached
to walls or floors in one layer.

0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90


With clearance of “d” between
each other, directely attached
to walls or floors in one layer.

1.00 0.94 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 In touch between each other,
directely attached to cealings.
0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61

In touch between each other,


directely attached to cealings. With clearance of “d” between
each other, directely attached
0.95 0.81 0.72 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.63 0.62 to cealings in one layer.
0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85

With clearance of “d” between


each other, directely attached
to cealings in one layer.
0.95 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
= Symbol of one single core or one multicore cable.
Notice: Correction factors can be applied only to similar loaded cables of a
similar type of installation (wiring methode) and nominal cross sections differ
one step only.

150 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 151


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T12 Technical Tables Technical Tables T12
T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables

■ Table 12-7: Correction factors ■ Table 12-8: Correction factors

only, as shown at this page. Correction factors are not applicable to cables lying on top to each other as well as if minimum distance required according
Note: Correction factors are applicable to similar loaded cables of a similar type of installation (wiring methode) of groups of cables, lying in one-layer
for grouping/clustering of multi con- dance to DIN VDE 0298-4, 2003-08, for grouping/clustering of single core T12-8 = DIN VDE 0298-4 2003-08,
ductor cables in cable trays (in accor- Table 22). cables in cable trays. Applicable to Table 23).
current values of Table 12-1 (Origin of
Number of multi conductor

that Table is not guaranteed. In such cases correction factors of this Table have to be additional corrected too. I.e according Table 12-6.
Number cables
Cable arrangement of cable Num- Number of 3-phase circuits
trays 1 2 3 4 6 9 comprising single core cables
ber
Correction factors Cable arrangement of 1 2 3 Applicable as a
cable
Cable tray, non punched

Correction multiplier of the


in touch 1 0.97 0.84 0.78 0.75 0.71 0.68 trays rated values of:
factor
2 0.97 0.83 0.76 0.72 0.68 0.63 in touch
1 0.98 0.91 0.87 three cables,
3 0.97 0.82 0.75 0.71 0.66 0.61 horizontal array,
2 0.96 0.87 0.81

Cable tray, punched


6 0.97 0.81 0.73 0.69 0.63 0.58 one-layer
3 0.95 0.85 0.78 configuration

(ventilated)
in touch 1 1.00 0.88 0.82 0.79 0.76 0.73 in touch
2 1.00 0.87 0.80 0.77 0.73 0.68 three cables,
1 0.96 0.86 – vertical array,
3 1.00 0.86 0.79 0.76 0.71 0.66 2 0.95 0.84 – one-layer
6 1.00 0.84 0.77 0.73 0.68 0.64 configuration

with space
Cable tray, punched (ventilated)

1 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.91 – in touch

ladder type
1 1.00 0.97 0.96 three cables,

Cable tray,
2 1.00 0.99 0.96 0.92 0.87 – horizontal array,
2 0.98 0.93 0.89
3 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.91 0.85 – one-layer
3 0.97 0.90 0.86 configuration
in touch
1 1.00 0.98 0.96 three cables,
1 1.00 0.88 0.82 0.78 0.73 0.72

Cable tray, punched


2 0.97 0.93 0.89 horizontal array,
2 1.00 0.88 0.81 0.76 0.71 0.70 delta-configuration

(ventilated)
3 0.96 0.92 0.86

with space three cables,


1 1.00 0.91 0.89
vertical array,
1 1.00 0.91 0.89 0.88 0.87 – 2 1.00 0.90 0.86 delta-configuration
2 1.00 0.91 0.88 0.87 0.85 –
ladder type
Cable tray,

1 1.00 1.00 1.00 three cables,


in touch 1 1.00 0.87 0.82 0.80 0.79 0.78
2 0.97 0.95 0.93 horizontal array,
2 1.00 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.76 0.73 delta-configuration
Cable tray, ladder type

3 0.96 0.94 0.90


3 1.00 0.85 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.70
6 1.00 0.83 0.76 0.73 0.69 0.66 Note: Correction factors are applicable to similar loaded cables of a similar type
of installation (wiring methode) of groups of single core cables, lying in one-layer
with space or delta configuration only, as shown at this page. Conversion factors are not appli-
1 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 –
cable to cables lying on top to each other as well as if minimum distance required
2 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 – according that Table is not guaranteed. In such cases correction factors of this Table
3 1.00 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.93 – have to be additional corrected too. I.e according Table 12-6. In cases where a
splitting into certain numbers of parallel groups of cables is needed, each group
of 3 current carrying cables is considered as being one entire circuit.

152 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 153


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T12 Technical Tables Technical Tables T12
T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables

■ Table 12-9: Power rating of rubber cables ■ Table 12-9: Power rating of rubber cables

H07RN-F and A07RN-F in industrial DIN VDE 0298-4, Aug. 2003 Table 13). H07RN-F and A07RN-F in industrial DIN VDE 0298-4, Aug. 2003 Table 13).
application usage (in accordance with application usage (in accordance with

Rated temperature Rated temperature


at the conductor 60 °C at the conductor 60 °C
Ambient- Ambient-
temperature 30 °C temperature 30 °C

Installation- Installation-
methode methode

Free in air Free in air


Number of current Number of current
carrying conductors 2 3 2 2 carrying conductors 3 3 3
Conductors nominal Current rating in Conductors nominal Current rating in
cross- section in mm2 A cross- section in mm2 A
1 - - 15 15.5 1 12.5 13 13.5
1.5 19 16.5 18.5 19.5 1.5 15.5 16 16.5
2.5 26 22 25 26 2.5 21 22 23
4 34 30 34 35 4 29 30 30
6 43 38 43 44 6 36 37 38
10 60 53 60 62 10 51 52 54
16 79 71 79 82 16 67 69 71
25 104 94 105 109 25 89 92 94
35 129 117 - 135 35 110 114 -
50 162 148 - 169 50 138 143 -
70 202 185 - 211 70 172 178 -
95 240 222 - 250 95 204 210 -
120 280 260 - 292 120 238 246 -
150 321 300 - 335 150 273 282 -
185 363 341 - 378 185 309 319 -
240 433 407 - 447 240 365 377 -
300 497 468 - 509 300 415 430 -
400 586 553 - - 400 - - -
500 970 634 - - 500 - - -
630 784 742 - - 630 - - -
Correction factors for: Correction factors for:
Other ambient Other ambient
see Table T 12-2 see Table T 12-2
temperatures temperatures
Grouping/Clustering – T12-8 Grouping/Clustering T12-7
Spooled/ Spooled/
– – T12-5
winded cables winded cables
Multi conductor Multi conductor
– T12-3 –
cables cables

154 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 155


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T12 Technical Tables Technical Tables T13
T12: Power Rating – Reduction Tables T13: Power Rating according to the National Electrical Code of the USA

■ Table 12-10: Power ratings & conditions ■ Table 13-1: Power ampacity to single core
of arc-welding cables and multi core cables acc. to NEC (USA)

H01N2-D and H01N2-E (in accordance to DINVDE 0298-4, 2003-08, Table 16) Abstract of NEC Tabelle 310-16 Abstract of NEC Tabelle 310-17
Allowable ampacity (in Ampere) Allowable Ampacity ( in Ampere) of
Rated temperature of insulated conductors, rated SINGLE INSULATED CONDUCTORS,
at the conductor 85 °C 0 – 2000 Volts, 60 °C to 90 °C, rated 0 – 2000 Volts, in free air, based
(140 ° to 194 °F). NOT MORE THAN on ambient temperature of 30 °C.
Ambient temperature 30 °C THREE CONDUCTORS in raceway
Applying condition in free air or cable ore Earth (direct burial),
of the cable based on ambient temperature
of 30 °C (86 °F).

Con- Con-
Temperature Rating Temperature Rating
ductor ductor
of Conductor of Conductor
size size
Number of current
1 AWG or AWG or
carrying conductors 60 °C 75 °C 90 °C 60 °C 75 °C 90 °C
kcmil kcmil
Conti- (140 °F) (167 °F) (194 °F) (140 °F) (167 °F) (194 °F)
Mode of operation Interrupt (MCM) (MCM)
nuous
Operating periode – 5 min 18 – – 14 18 – – 18
Operating factor OF 100 % 85 % 80 % 60 % 35 % 20 % 8% 16 – – 18 16 – – 24
Nom. cross section Rating in 14 20* 20* 25* 14 25* 30* 35*
copper conductor mm2 A 12 25* 25* 30* 12 30* 35* 40*
10 96 97 98 102 114 137 198 10 30 35* 40* 10 40* 50* 55*
16 130 132 134 142 166 204 301 8 40 50 55 8 60 70 80
25 173 179 181 196 234 293 442 6 55 65 75 6 80 95 105
35 216 226 229 250 304 384 584 4 70 85 95 4 105 125 140
50 274 287 293 323 398 508 779 3 85 100 110 3 120 145 165
70 341 360 368 409 510 655 1011 2 95 115 130 2 140 170 190
95 413 438 448 502 632 816 1266 1 110 130 150 1 165 195 220
120 480 511 523 588 745 966 1502 1/0 125 150 170 1/0 195 230 260
150 557 594 609 687 875 1137 1771 2/0 145 175 195 2/0 225 265 300
185 638 683 700 793 1012 1319 2059 3/0 165 200 225 3/0 260 310 350
Conti- 4/0 195 230 260 4/0 300 360 405
Mode of operation Interrupt
nuous
250 215 255 290 250 340 405 455
Operating periode – 10 min 300 240 285 320 300 375 445 505
Operating factor OF 100 % 85 % 80 % 60 % 35 % 20 % 8% 350 260 310 350 350 420 505 570
Nom. cross section Rating in 400 280 355 380 400 455 545 615
copper conductor mm2 A 500 320 380 430 500 515 620 700
10 96 96 96 97 102 113 152 600 355 420 475 600 575 690 780
16 130 131 131 133 144 167 233
25 173 175 176 182 204 244 351 * Note: Unless otherwise specifically permitted elsewhere in the NEC, the
35 216 220 222 233 268 324 477 over­current protection for conductor types market with an * shall not exceed
50 274 281 284 303 356 439 654 15 amperes for AWG 14, 20 amperes for AWG 12 and 30 amperes for AWG 10,
70 341 352 358 387 463 578 872 after any correction factors for ambient temperature and numbers of con­­­­­­­­­­­­duc­­tros
95 413 430 438 478 582 734 1117 have been applied.
120 480 503 513 564 692 880 1348
150 557 586 597 661 819 1046 1609
185 638 674 688 765 955 1226 1892
Other ambient
Table T12-2
temperatures

156 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 157


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T13 Technical Tables Technical Tables T15
T13: Power Rating according to the National Electrical Code of the USA T15: Properties of insulating and sheathing materials

■ Table 13-1: Power ampacity to single core Only for the basic materials. Variations design. See the relevant Catalogue
and multi core cables acc. to NEC (USA) are possible depending on application/ page.

Correction factors for more Material Parameter


Correction factors than three current-
for ambient temperatures carrying conductors in

working temperature
other than 30 °C a raceway or cable
Ambient Number of

constant (10–3)
Correction
temperature 60 °C 75 °C 90 °C current-carrying

Abbreviation

VDE symbol
factor
in °C conductors

dielectric
21 – 25 1.08 1.05 1.04 4 up to 6 0.80
26 – 30 1.00 1.00 1.00 7 up to 9 0.70
31 – 35 0.91 0.94 0.96 10 up to 20 0.50
36 – 40 0.82 0.88 0.91 21 up to 30 0.45 Bio-oil resistant Lapp type: -40
— 2.4
41 – 45 0.71 0.82 0.87 31 up to 40 0.40 material P4/11 +120
46 – 50 0.58 0.75 0.82 41 and more 0.35 -30
Polyvinylchloride PVC Y 4.0
+70
51 – 55 0.41 0.67 0.76
Polyvinylchloride -20
56 – 60 – 0.58 0.71 PVC Y 3.5
heat resistant +90
61 – 70 – 0.33 0.58 High pressure -50
71 – 80 – – 0.41 LDPE 2Y 2.3
Polyethylene +70
Note: Power ampacity of cables & wires in industrial machinery, see chapter 12 Low Pressure -50
HDPE 2Y 2.3
of the NFPA 79 Edition 2007. Polyethylene +100
-40
Polyurethane PUR 11Y 4.0 – 6.0
+90/100
-40
Polyamide PA 4Y 3.5 – 7.0
+80
Polybutylene -60
PBTP — 3.0 – 4.0
terephtalate +110
-190
Polytetrafluorethylene PTFE 5Y 2.1
+260
Tetrafluorethylene
-100
Hexafluorpropylene FEP 6Y 2.1
+200
Copolymere
Ethylene- -100
ETFE 7Y 2.6
tetrafluorethylene +150
-190
Perfluoralkoxy-polymer PFA — 2.1
+260
-40
Chloropren rubber CR 5G 6.0 – 8.0
+100
-60
Silicone rubber SI 2G 2.8 – 3.2
+180
-30
Ethylene vinyl acetate EVA 4G 5–7
+125
Ethylene propylen EPM/ -30
3G 3.2
rubber EPDM +120
Thermoplastic -40
TPE-O — 2.7 – 3.6
polyolefin elastomer +120
Thermoplastic -70
TPE-E 12Y 3.7 – 5.1
polyester elastomer +125
Styrene triple block -75
TPE-S — 2.2 – 2.6
copolymer +105/140

158 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 159


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T15 Technical Tables Technical Tables T15
T15: Properties of insulating and sheathing materials T15: Properties of insulating and sheathing materials

Material Parameter Material

Weather resistance
volume resistivity

Water absorption
tensile strength

Fuel resistance

Oil resistance

Flammability
N/mm2 MPa
Abbreviation

Elongation %

(20 °C) %
(Ω x cm)
Bio-oil resistant Lapptype: Bio-oil
1015 10 – 20 450 – 550 1–2 Bio-oil resistant
material P4/11 very good good resistant flammable
material
Polyvinylchloride PVC 1012 – 1015 10 – 25 150 – 300 0.4 very good
Polyvinylchloride self-
PVC 1012 – 1015 10 – 25 150 – 300 0.4 Polyvinylchloride moderate moderate good
heat resistant extinguishing
High pressure Polyvinylchloride self-
LDPE 1017 20 – 30 500 0.1 moderate moderate good
Polyethylene heat resistant extinguishing
Low Pressure High pressure
HDPE 1017 30 800 0.1 good poor moderate flammable
Polyethylene Polyethylene
Polyurethane PUR 1012 30 – 45 300 – 600 1.5 Low Pressure
moderate poor moderate flammable
Polyamide PA 1014 50 – 180 200 – 300 1–2 Polyethylene
Polybutylene self-
PBTP 1016 50 – 100 50 – 300 0.5 Polyurethane very good good good
terephtalate extinguishing*
Polytetrafluorethylene PTFE 1018 14 – 40 240 – 400 0.01 Polyamide good moderate good flammable
Tetrafluorethylene Polybutylene
good good good flammable
Hexafluorpropylene FEP 1018 20 – 25 250 – 350 0.01 terephtalate
Copolymere non-
Polytetrafluorethylene very good very good very good
Ethylene- flammable
ETFE 1016 40 – 50 100 – 300 0.01 Tetrafluorethylene
tetrafluorethylene non-
Perfluoralkoxy-polymer PFA 1015 30 300 0.01 Hexafluorpropylene very good very good very good
flammable
Chloropren rubber CR 10 13
25 450 1 Copolymere
Silicone rubber SI 10 15
5 – 10 200 – 350 1.0 Ethylene- non-
very good very good very good
tetrafluorethylene flammable
Ethylene vinyl acetate EVA 10 13
5 200 0.01
non-
Ethylene propylen EPM/ Perfluoralkoxy-polymer very good very good good
1014 5 – 25 200 – 450 0.02 flammable
rubber EPDM
self-
Thermoplastic Chloropren rubber very good poor good
TPE-O 5 x 1014 ≥6 ≥ 400 1.5 extinguishing
polyolefin elastomer
less
Thermoplastic Silicone rubber very good poor moderate
TPE-E 1012 3 – 25 280 – 650 0.3 – 0.6 flammable
polyester elastomer
Ethylene vinyl acetate good poor poor flammable
Styrene triple block
TPE-S 1016 9 – 25 500 – 700 1–2 Ethylene propylen
copolymer good poor poor flammable
rubber
Thermoplastic
very good moderate moderate flammable
polyolefin elastomer
Thermoplastic
very good good very good flammable
polyester elastomer
Styrene triple block
moderate good poor flammable
copolymer
* only with additional flame retardener

160 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 161


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T16 Technical Tables Technical Tables T16
T16: Anglo-american Dimensions T16: Anglo-american Dimensions

■ US dimensions for cables – column column


comparison with metric dimensions 1a 1b 2 3 4 5a 5b
Required Geo­ Metrical Required Northamerican
In North America the cross section of Please consider that there are no North-metrical nominal metrical dimension,
americanconvers- cross section, cross which fulfils
cables are mostly stated in AWG sizes de­finite equivalents, because the dimension ion which fulfils section the electrical
(American Wire Gauge) or for bigger requirements of both systems regar- the electrical requirements
cross sections (higher than AWG 4/0) ding cross section and conductor resi- requirements
in the dimension ’kcmil’. The respec- stance differ to each other. The follow- AWG kcmil mm 2
mm2 mm2 AWG  kcmil
tive standards for rating the cable ing Table should help to find the right 8   8.37 10 10 7  
according the ampacity also refer nominal cross section. The respective 9   6.63     8
to these dimensions. standards for the project planning, e.g. 10   5.26 6 6 9  
UL1581 or IEC 60228 (VDE 0295) have 11   4.17     10
Hence multi standard cables have to to be applied accordingly. 12   3.31 4 4 11  
fulfil the requirements of the metric 13   2.62     12
system, stating the cross section in For choosing the appropriate matching 14   2.08 2.5 2.5 13  
mm² as well as the requirements of parts, e.g. conductor end sleeves, al- 15   1.65     14
the AWG system, in the following these ways the effective size or cross sec- 16   1.31 1.5 1.5 15  
systems are compared on the basis tion has to be regarded. This dimensi- 17   1.04     16
of their nominal sizes. on is stated on the respective Catalo- 18   0.82 1 1 17  
gue page of the product itself. 19   0.65 0.75 0.75 18
20   0.52     19  
21   0.41 0.5 0.5 20
column column 22   0.33 0.34 0.34 21  
1a 1b 2 3 4 5a 5b 23   0.26     22
Required Geo­ Metrical Required Northamerican 24   0.20 0.25 0.25 23  
North-metrical nominal metrical dimension, 25   0.16     24
americanconvers- cross section, cross which fulfils 26   0.13 0.14 0.14 25  
dimension ion which fulfils section the electrical
the electrical requirements
requirements
AWG kcmil mm2 mm2 mm2 AWG  kcmil Schematic diagram of the cross section dimensions
  750 380.03 400 400   800
  500 253.35 300 300 750 1.0 mm2
  450 228.02 240 240   500
  400 202.68     450 AWG 18
  350 177.35 185 185   400
  300 152.01       350 0.75 mm2
  250 126.68 150 150   300
4/0   107.22 120 120   250
3/0   85.01 95 95 4/0  
AWG 20
2/0   67.43 70 70 3/0
1/0   53.49     2/0  
1   42.41 50 50 1/0
2   33.62 35 35 1  
3   26.67     2
4   21.15 25 25 3  
5   16.77     4
6   13.30 16 16 5  
7   10.55     6

162 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 163


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T17 Technical Tables Technical Tables T18
T17: Calculation of metal surcharges T18: Approvals and trademarks

■ Table 17-1: Example ‘Copper’ Because of their outstanding characteristics, many of our products have been
tested and authorized by the following approval organisations. Please find the
The copper price It is also expressed in Euro per kg. certification marks on the individual product pages – if appliable.
In Germany and some other countries, ● Euro 150,-/100 kg for almost
copper cables, -leads and piece-goods every flexible cable and leads (e.g.
containing copper may sold at daily ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100) and piece-
copper prices (DEL). The DEL is the goods (e.g. ÖLFLEX® SPIRAL 540 P)
Stock Exchange Quotation for German ● Euro 100,-/100 kg for telephone
electrolytic copper conducting purpo- cables and -cords (e.g. J -Y(St)Y)
se, i.e. 99.5% pure copper. The DEL ● Euro 0.00/100 kg for cables
is expressed in Euro per 100 kg. It (e.g. NYY, NYCY, NYCWY), an
appears in the commercial section exclusive copper cost pricing. UNDERWRITERS LISTED COMPONENT INSTITUTO ITALIANO

Copper price supplement is accounted separately at the invoice. Your net price (without tax) is calculated as follows:
of the daily papers under the heading LABORATORIES INC. MARK FOR CANADA DEL MARCHIO DI UALITÁ
“Commodity Markets”. Copper basis is indicated at each AND UNITED STATES
relevant page of this Catalogue,
Example: DEL 247.75 means: 100 kg below the article Table.
copper (Cu) cost 247.75 Euro.
Currently a 1 % procurement surcharge The copper index
is added to the daily quotation for The copper index (copper number)
cables, leads and piece-goods. is the calculated copper weight (kg)
of a cable per lengts (km) of a cable
The copper price basis or lead, for piece-goods per (1000)
In the list price of many cables, almost piece(s) and is indicated for each LLOYD’S REGISTER CANADIAN STANDARDS PHYSIKALISCH-
all leads and piece-goods, a proportion Catalogue article. OF SHIPPING ASSOCIATION TECHNISCHE
of the copper price is already included. BUNDESANSTALT

Catalogue/(gross-) price minus your discount (%) + copper supplement.


Example for how to calculate the copper price supplement for cables:
Flexible cable ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 100, 3G1.5 mm2, Copper index per Catalogue: eingetragen
43 kg/km. Therefore the calucated copper weight is 43 kg per 1 km. im Musterregister beim
Amtsgericht Stuttgart

(DEL +1 % procurement surcharge) – copper


Copper
copper price basis supple­ment
index x =
cost in
(kg/km) 1000 Euro/100 m
ZERTIFIKAT VERBAND DEUTSCHER
GERMANISCHER LLOYD ELEKTROTECHNIKER
ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110, 3G1.5 mm2.
DEL: 247.75 Euro/100 kg. Cu base 150.- Euro/100 kg.
Cu index: 43 kg/km

(247.75+2.48) – 150.00 4.31 Euro/


43 kg/km x =
1000 100 m
Price including copper:

In the case of a DEL-quotation of 247.75 Euro/100 kg, this is the additional


copper price supplement for 100 m ÖLFLEX® CLASSIC 110 3G1.5 mm2. SCHWEIZERISCHER GGVS Gefahr-Gut- „Gost R“ Certification
ELEKTROTECHNISCHER Verordnung-Straße for Russia
VEREIN EN 220500 ff.
Other Metals
This proceeding is applied for other metals sameway, e.g. “Aluminium”.
The term “Copper” is then to be replaced by “Aluminium”. General: “Metal”.

164 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 165


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T19 Technical Tables Technical Tables T19
T19: Cable laying guidelines for cables and leads T19: Cable laying guidelines for cables and leads

wrong right wrong right operation, e.g. in crane installations ● Fibre optical, BUS, LAN and Indus­
involving high rates of acceleration trial Ethernet cables Please take
of power chain systems subject to into consideration its individual
frequent movement, suitable mea- tensile strengths limitations.
sures must be taken, e.g. increased These values are given at products
bending radi in the individual case. datasheet, or on demand.
Due account must be taken of the pos-
sibility of service life being reduced.
Unreeling and dereeling of cables ● Cables for static usage. When laying
permanent cables 50 N per mm2 Neoprene® is a registered trademark
Cables must be selected according to be damaged at the feed points, or by of conductor cross-section. of DuPont de Nemour
the laying and operating ­conditions in- the strain relief devices. Flexible PVC
volved. They must be protected against cables in the standard versions are
mech­anical, thermal, or c­ hemical ef- not designed for open air use.
fects, and against penetration of moi-
sture from the cable ends. Flexible rubber-sheathed cables
(e.g. ÖLFLEX® CRANE cables) are
Insulated power cables must not be only suitable for permanent use in the
laid underground. Temporary covering open air if the outer sheathing is based
of tough rubber sheathed cable NSS- generally on a compound of polychlo-
HÖU or cable runs with earth, sand roprene (NEOPRENE®). Special cables
or similar, for example on construction must be used for permanent under­
sites, is not deemed to constitute water use.
underground laying.
Thermal stresses
Cables ties or supports must not cause The temperature limits for the respec-
any damage to fixed wiring and cables. tive types of cables are listed in the
If cables or wires running horizontally relevant Technical Data. The upper
along walls or ceilings are fastened temperature limits must not be excee-
with clips the following reference ded as a result of heat built-up in the
figures apply for the clip spacing: cables or the am­bient thermal condi-
tions. The lower limits denote the lo-
For non-reinforced cables and wiring, west permissible ambient temperature.
20 x cable diameter.
Tensile stresses
These spacings also apply for mounting The tensile stress imposed on the con­
positions where installation is on cable ductor should be as low as possible.
trays and staging. For vertical installa- The following tensile stresses for the
tion the clip spacings can be widened, conductor must not be exceeded in
depending on the type of cable or clip the case of cables:
involved.
● Flexiblecables 15 N/mm2 during in-
Flexible cables (e.g. ÖLFLEX® cables, stallation of cables, subjected for fle-
UNITRONIC® cables) must be installed xible use only. Screening, concentric
with stack when connected to mobile conductors and divided protective
equipment and must be protected conductors not being included in the
against twisting and buckling. The above figures. In the case of cables
outer sheat­hing of cables must not subjected to dynamic stresses in

166 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 167


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T22 Technical Tables Technical Tables T22
T22: Protection classes to EN 60529 T22: Protection classes to EN 60529

■ Definition of the protection category Protection Classes for water protection


acc. to EN 60529 (DIN 0470) and DIN 40050
Second Designation Scope of protection – explanation
The protection category is mentioned unvarying letters IP and ratios for the figure
as a short mark which consists of two protection level, for example IP 54. 0 No protection
Protection against dripping Water drops which fall vertically must not
1
water falling vertically have any harmful effect.
Protection Classes for protection against foreign bodies
Water drops which fall at any angle from
Protection against dripping
First 2 15° to the vertical, may not have any
water falling at an angle
figure Designation Scope of protection – explanation harmful effect.
Water which falls at any angle up to 60°
0 No protection Protection against
3 to the vertical, must not have any
Protection against accidental, large-­ sprayed water
harmful effect
surface contact with active or internal Water which splashes from all directions
Protection against large moving parts, e.g. with the hand, but no Protection against
4 onto the equipment must not have any
1 foreign bodies protection against deliberate access to splashed water
harmful effect.
> 50 mm ∅ these parts. Protection against pene­-
A water jet from a nozzle, which is
tration of solid foreign bodies with a
Protection against directed from any direction against
diameter larger than 50 mm. 5
water jet the equipment, must not have any
Protection against contact by the fingers harmful effect.
Protection against with active or internal moving parts. In the event of temporary flooding, e.g.
2 medium-sized foreign Protection against penetration of solid Protection against
6 in heavy seas, water may not penetrate
bodies > 12.5 mm ∅ foreign bodies with a diameter larger flooding
into the equipment in harmful quantities.
than 12 mm. Water may not penetrate in harmful
Protection against contact with active or Protection against quantities when the equipment is
7
internal moving parts with tools, wires, immersion immersed in water under the pre­­­-
Protection against small
etc. of a thickness greater than 2.5 mm. scribed pressure and time conditions.
3 foreign bodies
Protection against penetration of solid Water may not penetrate in harmful
> 2.5 mm ∅ Protection against
foreign bodies with a diameter larger 8 quantities if the equipment is submerged
than 2.5 mm. submersion
under water.
Protection against Protection against contact with active or Protection against high Water under high pressure and from any
4 granula foreign bodies internal moving parts with tools, wires, 9K pressure/cleaning with direction may not cause damage to the
> 1.0 mm ∅ etc. of a thickness greater than 1 mm. high pressure cleaner housing.
Complete protection against contact with
live or internal moving parts, protection Example: Identifying letters IP 65
against harmful dust accumulations.
Protection against
5 The penetration of dust is not completely Second figure:
accumulation of dust
prevented, but the dust may not penetrate Protection against liquids.
in such quantities that the mode of
operation is restricted.
First figure:
Complete protection against contact with
Protection against Protection against contact
6 live or internal moving parts. Protection
ingress of dust penetration of foreign bodies.
against the ingress of dust.

168 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 169


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T24 Technical Tables Technical Tables T24
T24: Chemical resistance of plastic materials T24: Chemical resistance of plastic materials

Cable and lead designation Cable and lead designation

Thermoplastic Polyurethane PU

Thermoplastic Polyurethane PU
The information is given to The information is given to
the best of our knowledge the best of our knowledge
and experience, but must and experience, but must
be regarded as being for be regarded as being for
the guidance only. A defi- the guidance only. A defi-

Polyamide PA 6.6

Polyamide PA 6.6
Polyamide PA 12

Polyamide PA 12
Polyamide PA 6

Polyamide PA 6
nite judgement depends in nite judgement depends in

at temp +°C

at temp +°C
most cases on tests under most cases on tests under
actual working conditions. actual working conditions.

concen- concen-
Reagens Reagens
tration tration
Exhaust gases, containing Fluorine 50% 40 pure pure pure
any 60
carbon dioxide Formaldehyde, hydrous dilute 40 pure pure pure
Waste gas, containing SO2 low 60 Glucose, hydrous any 50
Acetaldehyde 40% 20 Urea, hydrous to 10% 40 20 % 20 % 20 %
Acetone 100% 20 Hydraulic fluid hardly
80% 80
Acrylic acid 100% > 30 inflammable
Alums, hydrous dilute 40 Hydraulic oil H and HL
100% 100
Allyl alcohol 96% 20 (DIN 51524)
Aluminum chloride, hydrous dilute 40 Hydroxylamine sulphate,
to 12% 30
Aluminum sulphate, h. dilute 40 hydrous
Formic acid, hydrous 10% 20 Caustic soda lye, hydrous 50% 20
Ammonia solution, h. saturated 20 20 % 20 % 20 % Potassium bromide,
any 20 10 % 10 % 10 %
Ammonium chloride, h. saturated 60 3 % hydrous
Ammonium nitrate, h. dilute 40 Potassium chloride,
10% 20
hydrous
Ammonium sulphate, h. dilute 40
Potassium dichromate,
Aniline, pure 100% 20 40% 20 5 % 5 % 5 %
hydrous
Anilin hydrochloride, h. saturated
Potassium nitrate, hydrous any 20 10 % 10 % 10 %
Benzaldehyde, hydrous saturated 20 pure pure pure
Kaliumpermanganat,
Benzine 100% 20 saturated 20
hydrous
Benzoic acid, hydrous any 40 20 % 20 % Hydrosilicofluoric acid, h. to 30% 20
Benzole 100% 20 Carbon dioxide, dry 100% 60
Bleaching liquor 12.5 Cl 20 3 % Carbon dioxide 100% 60
Drilling oil any 20 Cresol, hydrous to 90% 20 pure pure
Chrome alum, hydrous dilute 40
Cooling liquids DIN 53521 120
Cyclohexanol – 20
Copper monochloride, h. saturated 20
20 °C
Diesel fuel 85 Copper sulphate, hydrous saturated 60
Potassium chloride, Magnesium carbonate, h. saturated 100
10% 20 Magnesium chloride, h. saturated 20 10 % 10 % 10 %
hydrous
Acetic acid 100% 20 Methyl alcohol 100% 20
Ethanoic acid 10% 20 3 % Methylene chloride 100% 20
40 Vol% 40 Vol% 40 Vol% Lactic acid, hydrous to 90% 20 10 % 10 % 10 % 3%
Ehtyl alcohol, hydrous 10% 20
Mineral oil
Ethyl dichloride 100% 20 Sodium chlorate, hydrous saturated 20 10 % 10 % 10 %
h. = hydrous

Ethylenoxid 100% 20 Caustic soda, hydrous 10% 20 3%


Ehtyl ether 100% 20 Nickel chloride, hydrous saturated 20 10 % 10 % 10 %
Ferric cyanide, hydrous saturated 60 Nickel sulphate, hydrous saturated 20 10 % 10 % 10 %

170 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 171


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T24 Technical Tables Technical Tables T24
T24: Chemical resistance of plastic materials T24: Chemical resistance of plastic materials

Cable and lead designation Cable and lead designation

Thermoplastic Polyurethane PU

Nitrile Butadiene rubber NBR


The information is given to The information is given to
the best of our knowledge the best of our knowledge
and experience, but must and experience, but must
be regarded as being for be regarded as being for

Polyethylene HD-PE

Polyethylene LD-PE
the guidance only. A defi- the guidance only. A defi-

Polyamide PA 6.6

Polypropylene PP
Polyamide PA 12
Polyamide PA 6
nite judgement depends in nite judgement depends in

Polystyrole PS
at temp +°C
most cases on tests under most cases on tests under
actual working conditions. actual working conditions.

concen- concen-
Reagens Reagens
tration tration
Nitro glycerin dilute 20 Exhaust gases, containing
any
Oil and grease 20 carbon dioxide
Oleic acid – 20 Waste gas, containing SO2 low
Oxalic acid any 20 10 % 10 % 10 % 3% 20 °C
Acetaldehyde 40%
Ozone pure
Kerosine 100% 80 Acetone 100%
Phosgene, gaseous 100% 20 Acrylic acid 100%
Phosphoric acid, hydrous dilute 20 10 % 10 % 10 % 3% 20 °C
Alums, hydrous dilute
Phosphorus pentoxide 100% 20
Mercury pure 20 Allyl alcohol 96% 20 %
Nitric acid, hydrous 50% 20 3% Aluminum chloride, 20 °C
dilute
hydrous
Hydrochlorid acid, hydrous 30% 20 20 % 20 % 20 % 3%
Aluminum sulphate, 20 °C
Lubricating grease, dilute
110 hydrous
base diester oil
Formic acid, hydrous 10%
Lubricating grease,
110 Ammonia solution, hydrous saturated 25 %
base polyphenyl ester
Lubricating grease, Ammonium chloride, 20 °C
110 saturated
base silicon oil hydrous
Carbon bisulphide 100% 20 Ammonium nitrate, 20 °C
dilute
hydrous
Sulphuric sodium, liquid dilute 40
Ammonium sulphate,
Sulphuric acid, hydrous 10% 20 3% dilute
hydrous
20 °C
Sea water 40 Aniline, pure 100%
Anilin hydrochloride, h. saturated
Soap solution, hydrous any 20 dilute dilute dilute
Benzaldehyde, hydrous saturated
Carbon tetrachloride 100% 20
Benzine 100%
Toluene 100% 20
Benzoic acid, hydrous any
Trichloroethylene 100% 20
Benzole 100%
Vinyl acetate 100% 20
Bleaching liquor 12.5 Cl
20 °C 20 °C 20 °C
Hydrogen 100% 60 Drilling oil any
Xylene 100% 20 20 °C
Chrome alum, hydrous dilute
Zinc chloride, hydrous dilute 60 10 % 10 % Cyclohexanol –
h. = hydrous

Zinc sulfate, hydrous dilute 60 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C


Diesel fuel
Zinc chloride, hydrous dilute 40
20 °C 20 °C 20 °C Potassium chloride, h. 10%
Citric acid to 10% 40 3%
Acetic acid 100%

172 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 173


Extracts from Technical Tables Extracts from Technical Tables
T24 Technical Tables Technical Tables T24
T24: Chemical resistance of plastic materials T24: Chemical resistance of plastic materials

Cable and lead designation Cable and lead designation

Nitrile Butadiene rubber NBR

Nitrile Butadiene rubber NBR


The information is given to The information is given to
the best of our knowledge the best of our knowledge
and experience, but must and experience, but must
be regarded as being for be regarded as being for

Polyethylene HD-PE

Polyethylene HD-PE
Polyethylene LD-PE

Polyethylene LD-PE
the guidance only. A defi- the guidance only. A defi-

Polypropylene PP

Polypropylene PP
nite judgement depends in nite judgement depends in

Polystyrole PS

Polystyrole PS
most cases on tests under most cases on tests under
actual working conditions. actual working conditions.

concen- concen-
Reagens Reagens
tration tration
Ethanoic acid 10% Magnesium carbonate, 50 °C
saturated
Ehtyl alcohol, hydrous 10% hydrous
Ethyl dichloride 100% Magnesium chloride,
saturated
Ethylenoxid 100% hydrous
Ehtyl ether 100% 40 °C
Methyl alcohol 100%
Ferric cyanide, hydrous saturated
Fluorine 50% Methylene chloride 100%
20 °C Lactic acid, hydrous to 90% 80 %
Formaldehyde, hydrous dilute 40 % 40 % 40 % 30 % 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C
Mineral oil
Glucose, hydrous any
Urea, hydrous to 10% Sodium chlorate, hydrous saturated
Hydraulic fluid hardly Caustic soda, hydrous 10%
80% Nickel chloride, hydrous saturated
inflammable
Hydraulic oil H and HL Nickel sulphate, hydrous saturated
100% Nitro glycerin dilute
(DIN 51524)
Hydroxylamine sulphate, Oil and grease
to 12%
hydrous Oleic acid –
Caustic soda lye, hydrous 50% Oxalic acid any
Potassium bromide, Ozone pure
any
hydrous 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C
Kerosine 100%
Potassium chloride,
10%
hydrous Phosgene, gaseous 100%
Potassium dichromate, Phosphoric acid, hydrous dilute 86 %
40%
hydrous Phosphorus pentoxide 100%
Potassium nitrate, hydrous any Mercury pure
Kaliumpermanganat, Nitric acid, hydrous 50% 30 %
saturated
hydrous Hydrochlorid acid, hydrous 30% 15 %
Hydrosilicofluoric acid, Lubricating grease,
to 30%
hydrous base diester oil
50 °C 20 °C Lubricating grease,
Carbon dioxide, dry 100%
base polyphenyl ester
20 °C Lubricating grease,
Carbon dioxide 100%
base silicon oil
Cresol, hydrous to 90% Carbon bisulphide 100%
h. = hydrous

Cooling liquids DIN 53521 Sulphuric sodium, liquid dilute


Copper monochloride, h. saturated Sulphuric acid, hydrous 10% 50 % 50 % 50 %
20 °C 20 °C
Copper sulphate, hydrous saturated Sea water

174 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 175


Extracts from Technical Tables
T24 Technical Tables
T24: Chemical resistance of plastic materials

Cable and lead designation

Nitrile Butadiene rubber NBR


The information is given to
the best of our knowledge
and experience, but must
be regarded as being for

Polyethylene HD-PE

Polyethylene LD-PE
the guidance only. A defi-

Polypropylene PP
nite judgement depends in

Polystyrole PS
most cases on tests under
actual working conditions.

concen-
Reagens tration
Soap solution, hydrous any
Carbon tetrachloride 100%
Toluene 100%
Trichloroethylene 100%
Vinyl acetate 100%
20 °C
Hydrogen 100%
Xylene 100%
50 °C 20 °C
Zinc chloride, hydrous dilute
20 °C
Zinc sulfate, hydrous dilute
20 °C
Zinc chloride, hydrous dilute
20 °C
Citric acid to 10%

= not consistent
= provisory consistent
= consistent

176 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products


Glossary A
Absorption Cause for attenuation of a fibre
optic cable.

ACR Abbreviation for Attenuation


to Crosstalk Ratio. The ACR
value indicates the relationship
between the near-end crosstalk
and the attenuation at a certain
frequency.

Address bus System of associated cables,


to which address bits can be
transferred.

Adhesion Adhesive, cohesive and density


property of the outer sheath
of a cable. “Low adhesion”
property important e. g. for drag
chain use in order to avoid the
cables from sticking to each
other.

Aging The change in the properties


(predominantly tensile strength
and expansion) of a material
over time under specific
conditions such as tem­-
­­­per­ature, UV radiation, ozone
influence, chemical and thermal
loads, etc.

Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 177


A Glossary Glossary A
Aging resistance As cables are often subject Ampacity Maximum permitted current
to environmental influences that can be transmitted
over decades (life cycle), i. e. under defined conditions.
chemical, electrical and climatic VDE0298, Part 4.
exposure, it is these properties
that are to be tested. Here, all Ampere The strength of an electric
the materials found in cables are current that flows through a
briefly tested under extreme conductor. Unit of measurement
conditions. All materials should for the electric current (A).
have a very high aging resis-
tance. Analog signal Transmission of continuously
transmission variable signals with which
Alternating current The alternating current is the light output is modulated.
produced by linking three
alternating currents with Angle of beam spread Half the vertical angle of the
identical oscillation values and cone within which the in­­jected
frequencies. Also known as power in a light waveguide with
multi-phase alternating current. uniform illumination is equal to
a specified fraction of the total
Aluminium sheath The aluminium sheath is injected power.
lighter than the lead sheath,
has better conductivity and ANSI Abbreviation for the American
greater resistance, however National Standards Institute.
must include a plastic sheath An American committee which,
to protect against corrosion. similar to the German DIN, deve-
lops and publishes standards.
American wire gauge Cables or cores according
to American cross-sections/ Antenna cable Antenna cables are coaxial
dimensions. High AWG number high-frequency cables for recei-
→ small cross-section, low ver connections, domestic distri-
AWG number → large cross- bution grids and single antenna
section (see Table T16). installations. They are mainly

178 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 179


A Glossary Glossary A
used in receiving and distributi- It can be made of steel wire
on stations for sound and tele­ braiding, circular or flat steel
vision broadcasting. They must wires, strip iron or combinations
guarantee a low-reflection signal of these materials.
transmission.
Armouring types Commonly used are the flat
Anti-kink cable glands Mechanism that is part of a steel wire, steel band, profile
cable gland and provides addi­ steel wire and round steel wire
tional protection if a flexible armouring with outer protective
cable is frequently subjected cover. There are also steel wire
to bending (e. g. SKINDICHT® armourings with an anti-twist
SR-SV-M at Lapp). tape (steel band), however with­
out an outer protective cover
Antioxidant, As antioxidants may colour (for interior spaces).
Oxidation inhibitor rubber compounds, they are
generally only ever used for dark Armouring, armour A special electromechanical or
compounds. They prevent the mechanical protection against
compounds from becoming external stresses, for the im­­
brittle too early. provement of the reduction
factor and for the absorption
Approved cables Approved control and data net- of tensile forces. Plastic fibres
work cables with certification, are used instead of metallic
standards such as VDE, UL/ armouring for fibre optic cables.
CSA.
AS Abbreviation for Australian Stan-
Armouring Also known as reinforcement. dard
Armouring is a mechanical
protection for cables. It is ASI Bus system for the lowest
produced in a variety of ways (Actor-Sensor-Interface) level of automation. Facilitates
and using a wide range of the simple connection of
materials, depending on the sensors, actuators and inte­
expected loads on the cable. grated systems to the first

180 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 181


A Glossary Glossary A
control level. See → Master- Attenuation Attenuation is the reduction
Slave principle. Up to 248 of the signal amplitude during
binary inputs and outputs transmission to a medium. It
per grid, one cable for infor­ increases with the rising fre-
mation and energy, reverse- quency and cable length. The
polarity protected connection signal level is impaired in the
technology, 100 m cable length process.
or up to 300 m with repeaters,
open tree structure of grid, Attenuation a The reduction of the optical
protection class up to IP 67, signal power between two cross-
cycle time <5 ms, high immunity sectional surfaces of a fibre
to interference and fault tole­ optic cable due to losses. The
rance. unit of measurement is decibels
(dB).
ASME Abbreviation for the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers Attenuation The attenuation relative to
(USA). coefficient a the length of a fibre optic cable.
The standard unit of measure-
Assembly A ready-to-install cable. It is ment is decibel/kilometre (dB/
cut to the appropriate length km).
and fitted with connecting ele-
ments (plugs, cable lugs, etc.) Automotive cable Vehicle cables are cores and
at the ends. cables used in passenger cars
and trucks (e. g. ÖLFLEX® TRUCK
ASTM Abbreviation for the American at Lapp).
Society of Testing and Materials.
AWG Abbreviation for American
ATEX approval This approval is required for Wire Gauge. Standard expres­
the intended use of devices sion for the wire diameter.
and protection systems in areas The smaller the AWG value, the
at risk to explosions. bigger the wire diameter. The
actual values (mm) depend on

182 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 183


B Glossary Glossary B
the core resolution, regardless elements to be processed into a
of whether a fixed conductor or strand without torsion.
a strand is used.
BALUN Balun is a term combining
AWM UL marking for Appliance Wiring “balanced” and “unbalanced”.
Material. Baluns are used for adjusting
impedance and symmetry in the
Backbone Backbone or secondary wiring various transmission media in
is the connection between the copper grids.
building distributor and the in­­ Banding Wrapping a bundle of wires with
dividual floor distributors in a relatively narrow paper, textile,
structured wiring system. plastic or metal strips.

Backscatter A small fraction of the light Bandwidth Frequency range of a fibre optic
that is deflected from its course cable within which data can be
due to dispersion travels in a transmitted within a particular
reverse direction, i. e. in the time frame. The greater the
light waveguide back to the bandwidth, the more data that
transmitter. By observing the can be transmitted. The trans-
chronological progression of mission speed depends on the
the backscattered light using a bandwidth of the entire network.
beam splitter on the transmitter,
it is possible to measure not Bandwidth product The bandwidth product is what
only the length and damping results when the bandwidth of a
of an installed light waveguide glass fibre cable is multiplied
from one end but also local irre- with the length of the measured
gularities, e. g. light losses in section.
splices.
Bandwidth-length Measurement for the frequency
Backtwist The term relates to the stranding product range that can be transmitted by
process. The technical design of a fibre optic cable one kilometre
the stranding machine twists the in length. It is a constant value.

184 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 185


B Glossary Glossary B
BASEC Abbreviation for the British attenuation and, like decibel,
Approvals Service for Cables. a dimensionless ratio.
Certification body – Great
Britain and Northern Ireland. Bending capacity The bending capacity indicates
how far a product can bend
Basic raw materials In addition to the basic raw without forfeiting function.
material, synthetic materials
contain a range of other compo- Bending cycle Number of bends repeated in
nents such as stabilisers, soft­ the drag chain (How often was
eners, filler and colour. a cable actively stressed during
testing or during application?)
Batteries Act The Battery Act came into force
in 2009 and also covers the Bending radii Permissible radius for occasio-
registration and return of batte- nal or constant bending of
ries. cables. The bending radius is
defined as a multiple of the
Battery cables Link between battery and gene- cable diameter. The construction
rator in the engine. They are of the cables determines the
developed, manufactured and minimum permissible bending
delivered in accordance with radius, which allows it to be
customer requirements/product increased or reduced. The per-
specifications. missible bending radii must be
adhered to when laying power
Baud Unit for a modulation rate in the lines and cables. The standard
transmission of communica- values are between 15 x D and
tions. One step per second. 30 x D, depending on construc-
1 bit/s = baud, 1Mbit/s = tion type and regulation. D is the
1 Mbaud → see Bit outer diameter of the cable. (At
Lapp: ÖLFLEX® FD with 5 x D or
Bel 1 Bel = 10 decibels. In high- 7.5 x D).
frequency technology, the com-
mon unit of measurement for

186 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 187


B Glossary Glossary B
Bending test Cold flexibility test for cables. Braiding Arrangement of interlaced wires
at low temperature A cold cable is wrapped around or threads forming part of the
a pin and no cracks may occur structure of a cable. Copper wire
in the insulation. braiding is used for screening,
while braiding made of textile,
Binary Property restricted to just two plastic thread or steel wire per-
values. forms supporting or carrying,
i. e. mechanical, functions. Brai-
Bit The smallest unit for represen- ding can be close or wide mes-
ting binary data, significance hed (coverage density in per-
either 0 or 1. It is the basic unit cent) with different angles of
for transmission information in twist.
digital systems. A byte is a group
of 8 bits. Breakdown This refers to electrical break-
down between two conductors
Bit error rate, BER Ratio of error bits to the overall or a conductor in water during
number of bits received during a the testing process, when the
specific period. insulation can no longer with-
stand the constantly increasing
Blue cable Cable for intrinsically safe voltage (breakdown voltage) or
systems in hazardous locations. if a fault in the insulation results
The compulsory colour code in a breakdown within a speci-
here is blue, RAL 5015. (For fied time at a constant voltage.
Lapp, ÖLFLEX® EB. These cable
types are also available with Breaking load, The product of nominal cross-
shielding, e. g. ÖLFLEX® EB CY, ultimate load section and tensile strength is
UNITRONIC® EB CY). the breaking load.

Braid angle Variation in degrees between British Standard Also known as NBS (New British
the longitudinal axis and the Wire Gauge Standard), SWG (Standard Wire
wire routing within the braid. Gauge), Legal Standard and

188 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 189


C Glossary Glossary C
Imperial Wire Gauge. A modified influences. Cables are used
version of the Birmingham Wire to transport electric current
Gauge, a standard from Great (power cables), transmit infor-
Britain valid for all wires. mation using an electric current
(data cables) or to transfer infor-
Broadband Transmissions in which the sig- mation using light waves (light
nals are transmitted by a high waveguide cables). The term line
number of oscillations per is also commonly used, depen-
second (glass fibre technology). ding on the application. It is
not possible to exactly delineate
BS Abbreviation for British Stan- the two terms. In general,
dard. Standards body for Great the term “cable” is used for
Britain, similar to VDE in Ger­ installations outside buildings.
many. In practice, however, the terms
are used interchangeably.
BSI Abbreviation for British Standard Combina­tion of any number of
Institution – Great Britain. cores under a sheath.

Bundle Several cores or pairs that are Cable carrier An assembly of linked, hinged
stranded into a group and in turn support elements for directional,
make up one element of a strand dynamic routing of all types of
assembly. flexible bending power cables.

Bus system The bus system is a system of Cable data The cable type file is part of
cables that transmits informa­ the CAE software from ePLAN®.
tion and data. The cable type file defines the
number of cores, their colour
Cable Combination of several cores code, the PE core and the scree-
with protective layers (sheath) ning for all cables. In the Lapp
or sheathing of a single core. item master data for ePLAN®,
The sheathing protects the cores the cable type is assigned to the
against all kinds of harmful relevant item. This means that

190 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 191


C Glossary Glossary C
when a Lapp item is selected, Cable set-up Describes (from inside to out)
each core is automatically assig- the materials used for cables,
ned the appropriate colour code their design and properties and
in the ePLAN® circuit diagram. the position of the individual ele-
ments.
Cable gland The brand name is SKINTOP® at
Lapp. A cable gland is a device Cable tree Combination of individual cores
that is designed to guide a cable or cables tied together with
or an insulated conductor into a nylon ties, spirals or hose
sheath and provides a seal and a sheathing. The form of the
restraint mechanism. It can also harness is created when joining
have other functions, e. g. kink the wires, as the various
prevention, strain re­­lief, potenti- consumers in the device and
al equalisation, earthing, insula- system circuits are physically
tion or a combination of these. separated and the connection
with the individual cables
Cable gland size The following sizes are currently makes constant branches ne­­­­­-­
defined in EN 60562: cessary.
M 12 x 1.5; M 16 x 1.5;
M 20 x 1.5; M 25 x 1,5; Cable type letter code Identification of cables accor-
M 32 x 1.5; M 40 x 1.5; ding to their design, nominal
M 50 x 1.5; M 63 x 1.5; cross-section and number of
M 75 x 1.5; cores, nominal voltage and con-
M 90 x 2; M 110 x 2. ductor shape, which results in
M stands for metric. specific combinations of prede-
termined letters and numbers.
Cable print Coloured marking on the outer For rules and standards, each
sheath of individual elements or of the letters and numbers has
cables using symbols, names a specific meaning.
and other markings.

192 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 193


C Glossary Glossary C
Cables for hand-held Handheld device cables are Carrier frequency The frequency of the oscillation
machinery connecting and extension cables whose amplitude, phase or fre-
for power tools used in the open quency is influenced by a signal.
air or in enclosed spaces (e. g.
ÖLFLEX® 540 P/CP, ÖLFLEX® Carrier frequency, In carrier frequency systems,
550 P, ÖLFLEX® 400, ÖLFLEX® hook-up wire they are used to transmit sig-
500 P, ÖLFLEX® SF... at Lapp). nals. Up to 120 carrier frequency
channels can be simultaneously
Caloric load values Caloric load is the energy that transmitted in a cable.
is released when cables and
other building materials are CCC Abbreviation for China Com­
burned. pulsory Certificate. Products
requiring certification can only
Campus The campus or primary wiring be imported to China, sold in
establishes the connection bet- China or used in Chinese busi-
ween the various buildings ness activities after the relevant
within a structured wiring sys- CCC certification has been
tem. requested and granted.

CAN Controller Area Network. Result- CE Abbreviation for Communauté


controlled communication sys- Européenne (European Com­
tem. As a generator of informa­ munity).
tion, this reports to all connec-
ted nodes. CE marking Comprises the “CE” symbol and
indicates a product′s compli-
Canadian Electrical See → CEC ance with all applicable EU direc-
Code tives. CE indicates that the natu-
ral or legal entity which carries
Capacity Electrical unit of measure, mea- out or initiates the connection
sured in Farad, or electrical unit is satisfied that the product
of measure V x A = Watts. meets the requirements of all

194 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 195


C Glossary Glossary C
relevant harmonised standards Characteristic Apparent impedance of an elect-
and has been subjected to all impedance ronic quadrupole; it is made up
mandatory conformity assess- of the Ohmic resistance and the
ment procedures. frequency-dependent resistan-
ces of inductances and capaci-
CEBEC Abbreviation for Comité Electro- tances. 
nique Belge – Belgian certifica- The impedance of a cable repre-
tion body. sents the ratio of the voltage
waves advancing in a direction
CEC Abbreviation for the Canadian to the current wave moving in
version of the US National Elec- the same direction. Common
trical Code (NEC). values are 100, 120 and 150
Ohm. It is important that the
CEE Mark for the European stan- impedance of the cable corres-
dards institution: International ponds to the input/output im­­
Commission on Rules of Electri- pedance of the connected equip-
cal Equipment. ment.

CEI Abbreviation for Commission Chromatic dispersion Grouping of wavelength-depen-


Electrotechnique Internationale dent effects which lead to a
– International. bandwidth limitation, such as
waveguide dispersion and
CENELEC Abbreviation for Comité Euro­ sheath dispersion.
péen de Normalisation Electro-
techniques (Europe). Circular Mil (CM) Measurement for conductor
cross-sections in 1/1000 inch
Central element See → Core. (0.001") from circuit diameter.

Central filler The core is a design element Cladding Cladding is the glass layer which
onto which the other design surrounds the core of the fibre
elements are attached. optic cable.

196 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 197


C Glossary Glossary C
Clamping range Cable diameter range for which tion, they are much less sen­­-
the assured properties of a cable si­tive to external interference
gland apply. (e. g. RG coaxial cable at Lapp).
Coaxial cables are used in high
CNOMO Abbreviation for Comité de frequency telecommunications
Normalisation des Moyens de systems (cable TV, Ethernet
Production. Commission for applications) for transmission of
the standardisation of machine high frequency signals.
tools and tools used in the
French automotive industry. Colour code For uniform marking of metallic
With fibre optic cables, the plas- cables and waveguides, various
tic layer on the surface of the institutions including the EIA,
sheath for preserving the origi- DIN and IEC, have developed
nal surface condition. a standardised colour coding
system. The colour codes for
Coating Coating is a form of mechanical metallic cores assign totally dif-
surface protection. It is a prima- ferent colours to the insulation
ry plastic layer which is applied of the pairs of cores for the indi-
directly to the sheath glass for vidual standards. In addition to
fibre optic cables. these standards, which are not
consistently applied by manufac-
Coaxial cable Concentric pair of conductors turers, colour codes specific to
consisting of an inner conductor the manufacturer are often
and an outer conductor, which used.
completely surrounds the inner
conductor. Coaxial cables are Colour print Sheaths and insulation covers
suitable for low-attenuation and are usually printed with colour,
distortion free transmission of using a metallic disc whose let-
high bandwidth signals. Because tering is engraved inversely on
of their self-screening construc- its periphery. Using a scraper,

198 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 199


C Glossary Glossary C
the excess colour can be Composite layer, The combination of an alumi­
scraped away. composite sheath nium foil with the plastic/poly-
ethylene sheath of a cable. The
Communication Interaction between two inde- foil covers the core of the cable
pendent systems. Used for one- lengthways and overlapping,
way or two-way exchange of while the plastic part is placed
messages in the form of voice, on the outside. The outer sheath
text, images or data. extruded onto it forms a homo-
geneous connection with the foil
Compensating cable Compensating cables are used due to the effect of temperature,
together with a thermal element resulting in an interconnected
for temperature measurements. “laminated” aluminium foil
(Thermal elements such as sheath. Used in outdoor tele-
Fe/CuNi iron-constantan (blue); communications cables.
NiCr/Ni nickel-chromium-nickel
(green); PtRh/Pt platinum-rhodi- Compound A material compound of polymer
um-platinum (white). A thermal plastics with filler. Polymers are
element consists of two conduc- often compounded with colours,
tors made from different materi- processing aids, fibres and other
als, between which there is an fillers.
electric potential depending on
temperature. A compensating Concentric conductor The concentric conductor (e. g.
cable transmits this potential NYCWY) may be used as a PE
from the thermal element to a or PEN wire and can also act
cold junction. There, based on as the screening.
the value of the potential, the
temperature can be assigned at Conditioning Division of production length of
the point of measurement. cables into storage or delivery
lengths. Standard forms include
coils with lengths of 50, 100

200 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 201


C Glossary Glossary C
and 250 m and drums with in an increasing number of appli-
250, 500 and 1,000 m, depen- cations. (e. g. EPIC® at Lapp).
ding on weight. Plugs are components that ena-
ble electrical conductors to be
Conductance The electrical conductivity is connected and are designed to
the inverse of the electrical create detachable electrical con-
resistance. nections with an appropriate
counterpart. Plugs may not be
Conductor Single-conductor cables are inserted or removed during pro-
single- or multi-wire cables, per use (under electrical volta-
used mainly for fixed laying with ge). A distinction is made bet-
rubber or plastic insulation ween free and fixed plugs accor-
(ground wire). ding to the mounting. The plug is
A non-insulated wire of a materi- made up of the plug housing and
al whose high number of free the contact elements. (e. g. EPIC®
electrons makes it suitable for brand from Contact at Lapp).
carrying electric current (parti- Central component for star-
cularly copper and aluminium). shaped passive light waveguide
Component allowing a connec- networks. It connects numerous
tion that is easy to break and transmitters and receivers and
reestablish between two light distributes the signal light out-
waveguides. The insertion loss put supplied by a connected
from a connector is normally transmitter evenly to all connec-
higher than that from a splice. In ted receivers.
signal and power engineering,
connectors are used for connec- Contact voltage Part of an error voltage which
ting cables with different num- may be contacted by members
bers of poles and in a variety of of the general public.
different designs. Because of
the associated ease of service Control cable The Lapp ÖLFLEX® brand is syn-
compared to fixed cable connec- onymous with connecting and
tions, connectors are being used control cables. The key features

202 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 203


C Glossary Glossary C
of control cables are: Bare or Copolymere Mixture which polymerises from
tin plated fine copper wire two or three monomers to form
conductors, PVC insulation, a chain.
stranding of cores with back
twist, special PVC compound Copper The best material for producing
outer sheath. Different ÖLFLEX® electrical conductors. Excellent
designs include: conductivity of heat and electri-
a) Different coloured cores, city. In addition, copper (Cu) has
b) Numbered cables. ÖLFLEX® very good ductility and good
cables have the following strength properties.
properties: Flexible, largely
resistant to all kinds of oils, Copper base The monetary value used to
alkalis and acids. ÖLFLEX® value the copper contained in
are used in the following cables in the price.
areas: As control cables in
machine tool manufacture Copper weight It expresses the mass of the
and general engineering, copper contained in the cables.
plant construction, in all kinds Copper-clad This wire is made up of an alumi-
of industrial plants, in measu- aluminium wire nium core and a copper sheath.
rement and control enginee-
ring, process engineering, Core The optical core in glass fibre
data processing etc. ÖLFLEX® cable technology.
control cables are highly
recommended for these appli- Core check, response at In order to determine the influ-
cations due to their excellent increased temperature ence of heat on the mechanical
flexibility, the good general properties of, for example, insu-
chemical resistance, the clear lating covers, a test item is
core coding and the problem- placed in a device for heat pres-
free compatibility with multi- sure testing which has already
pole machine connectors. reached the testing tempera-

204 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 205


C Glossary Glossary C
ture. The wall thickness of the Core Ident Code VDE-DIN-colour code for colour-
test item determines the test coded low-voltage cables accor-
load. After a specific storage ding to VDE 0293-308/HD 308
period in the heating cabinet and S2.
subsequent cooling, the impres-
sion depth is measured with the Core identification Coloured or numbered identifi-
reading microscope. cation of single cores. A Lapp
development: The internationally
Core check, response The core insulating cover is che- proven ÖLFLEX® colour code is
with thermal shock cked for thermal shock by wrap- based on the colour-coded iden-
ping the cores or strips from the tification of the single cores. Ten
insulating cover around a defi- basic colours are combined with
ned mandrel and storing them in 2 mm wide colour spirals. This
a heating cabinet for approx. 1 results in 102 colour variations.
hour at 150 °C. After removing This colour marking is particularly
the cores/strips and cooling advantageous compared to
them to room temperature, cores printed with numbers, as it
these test items should not dis- means the cores can be assig-
play any visible cracks. ned much more quickly in a
device (saving time).
Core diameter The core diameter is the diame-
ter of the central light-carrying Core joint Core joints combine syntheti-
section of a light waveguide. cally insulated signal cable and
telecommunication cores in a
Core group For the transmission of signals conductor diameter range of
or energy, two or more stranded 0.35 – 0.9 mm. The cores are
cores are required. Using two pressed together using a special
cores, it is possible to form a cir- core-joining pliers and thus
cuit that can transmit energy or placed solderless into the con-
signals. nection sleeve.

206 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 207


C Glossary Glossary C
Core print In the manufacture of cables, circular as possible. Gaps in the
cores are principally identified layer structure are filled with
by four methods: insulated fillers or central cores
1. Cores can be manufactured in (filling elements). In flat cables,
one primary colour. the structural elements (groups
2. Marked with various colour or cores) are parallel to one ano-
codes. ther and can be stranded.
3. Printed.
4. A combination of the different Core wrapping Core wrappings are used to
colour codes with printing. It protect the insulating covers of
must be noted that only earth rubber-insulated cables. They
conductors are to be green- are mainly made from foil or
yellow in colour and that fabric tape.
these colours may not be
used if there is any risk of Core, conductor, Individually insulated conductor,
confusion with other cables. insulated wire e. g. made of single- or multi-
wire copper or aluminium. Core
Core stranding Without stranding, wires positi- = conductive component of
oned parallel to one another cables with insulation coloured
would deform when bent. The or marked numerically.
outer wires would be overstret-
ched and the inner wires com- Corrosion Degradation of minerals and
pressed. The individual wires are materials due to mechanical and
twisted together in a spiral to chemical environmental influen-
maintain the flexibility and mobi- ces.
lity of the conductor. The result
is known as core stranding. Coupler Passive optical components for
transmission of light between a
Core stranding with When constructing a cable, the light source and a light wave­
more than four cores best layer structure of the stran- guide or between several light
ding elements is always selec- waveguides. Couplers that allow
ted, to obtain cables that are as light waveguide networks for

208 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 209


C Glossary Glossary C
connecting multiple transmitters is a permanent and irreversible
and receivers to be set up are of process and plays a critical role
particular importance (see in determining the actual mat­
→ T coupler). erial properties (it gives rubber
its permanent elasticity and
Crane cables Crane cables are supply cables improves the thermal, mechani-
for cranes in the open air or cal and electrical properties
indoors (e. g. ÖLFLEX® CRANE at of polyethylene).
Lapp).
Cross-linked Cross-linked polyethylene.
Crimp connection Mechanical joining technology. polyethylene XLPE
When joining, for example,
coaxial connectors with a coaxi- Cross-linking agent Cross-linking agents or vulcanis-
al cable using a crimping tool, ing materials in rubber com-
a metal sleeve is pulled over the pounds are either sulphur (for
shielding and pressed together. natural or synthetic rubber) or
peroxide (for silicone, EPDM).
Cross-linked The term refers to a manufactu- Sulphur cross linking begins at
ring process for elastomers, room temperature and intensi-
thermoplastics and duroplastics. fies as the temperature is incre-
It describes the fact that particu- ased. With peroxide cross lin-
lar chemicals are used to change king, oxygen is released for
the original linear alignment of cross linking at a specific tempe-
the macromolecules from planar rature.
to solid structures. The materials
used include sulphur com- Cross-section Cross-sectional area of the con-
pounds for rubber and peroxides ductor. A distinction is made
for thermoplastics and duroplas- between the geometrically defi-
tics. Cross linking is carried out ned nominal cross-section and
under the influence of heat and the conductive cross-section,
pressure, and high energy rays which is derived from the electri-
for thermoplastics. Cross linking cal → resistance. A certain maxi-

210 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 211


D Glossary Glossary D
mum resistance is assigned to Data transmission cable Cables whose structure make
the nominal cross-section, them suitable for transmitting
within which the conductor electric data processing pulses
structure is specified. The cross- with minimum errors. Simple
section is normally specified in (pair) or more complex (scree-
mm2. However, for certain types ning) constructions are required
of cables, which are always depending on the susceptibility
made up of single-core conduc- of the data pulses to faults
tors (telecommunications cab­ (brand: UNITRONIC® at Lapp).
les), the conductor diameter is Computer cables (Li2YCY-PIMF)
used for marking or description. or other, at least twisted in pairs,
normally screened and often
CSA Abbreviation for “Canadian Stan- individually screened cables,
dards Association”. Canadian e. g. UNITRONIC® LIYCY (TP),
standards and testing body. UNITRONIC® BUS; UNITRONIC®
Similar to VDE in Germany. LAN, telephone cable, also light
waveguide cables. TP = Twisted
Current Electrical unit, measured in pair.
Amperes. Current = Voltage/
Resistance. Data transmission rate Unit of measure for the trans-
mission speed of a data trans-
D.C. Abbreviation for direct current. mission. It is measured in bit/s
or byte/s.
Dark current Current at the output of an
optical receiver if no radiation is Data transmission, Optical data transmission is
present. data transfer always serial. Before data trans-
mission, pending parallel data
Data bus A system of associated cables, is always prepared for serial
to which data bits are transfer- transfer and is post-processed
red. to a parallel form after the trans-
mission. We also refer to bit seri-
al data transmission, as all of

212 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 213


D Glossary Glossary D
this data is always transferred as Density unit Result of the density of a body
digital signals. relative to the density of water
(= 1). Corresponds to the speci-
Decibel A decibel is the logarithmic ratio fic weight.
of two levels (e. g. input level to
output level). The unit of measu- Designation label Fixing elements with which
re has no dimension and is spe- single wires, bundles, cables
cified in dB. and cables on machine parts
or walls can be permanently
Degrees of protection Protection of electrical equip- fixed in place. They are transpa-
ment by housing, covers etc. rent or coloured, usually made
Protection of equipment against from nylon and can display
the ingress of foreign bodies indelible information about their
and water. content.

DEL Abbreviation for Deutsches Elek- DESINA® The Verein Deutscher Werkzeug-
trolytkupfer für Leitzwecke (Ger- maschinenfabriken e. V. (VDW)
man electrolyte copper for con- [German Machine Tool Manufac-
duction) DEL is the stock market turing Federation] developed
code for 99.5% pure copper in DESINA® (DEcentralised and
Euro/100 kg (see T17). Standardised INstAllation tech-
nology), a comprehensive over-
DEMKO Abbreviation for Danmarks Elek- all concept for standardisation
triska Materialkontroll – Danish of electrical installation of equip-
standards and testing body, tes- ment and machinery.
ting and certification body, tasks Colour codes of cables:
similar to VDE/UL. Servo cable, screened: Sheath
colour orange RAL 2003
Density Ratio of the mass to the volume Cable for measuring systems,
of a body. If the mass is M and screened: Sheath colour
the volume is V, the radio is the green RAL 6018
density d = M : V.

214 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 215


D Glossary Glossary D
 ower cable, unscreened:
P Dielectric Dielectric refers to the characte-
Sheath colour black RAL 9005 ristic of certain substances to
24 Volt control cable, unscree- be electrically non-conductive –
ned: Sheath colour grey RAL therefore insulating. Any electri-
7040 (similar to 7001) cally insulating material in which
Field bus hybrid cable, Cu an external electrical field (e. g.
and light waveguide: Sheath between the plates in a capaci-
co­lour violet RAL 4001 tor) builds up an opposing field
Sensor/actuator cable, un­­ is referred to as dielectric. A die-
screened: Sheath colour yellow lectric causes a static electrical
RAL 1021 field to be retained even without
a continuous supply of electric
DeviceNetTM Simple CAN-based communica- charge.
tion system for networking of
industrial automation equipment Dielectric constant (DC) A material constant for a dielec-
(limit transmitters, photo sen- tric. The dielectric constant spe-
sors, motor starters, frequency cifies how many times greater
controlled drives, control termi- the capacitance of the capacitor
nals and similar) with master will be if the insulating material
control equipment. Two scree- is used as the dielectric instead
ned twisted pairs of conductors of air. Multiplying the DC of the
within a cable are used as the empty space by the dielectric
transmission medium. One is constant gives the DC of the die-
used for communication (with lectric.
transmission rates of 125, 250
or 500 kBit/s for cable lengths Diffusion The primary cause of atten­
of 500 m, 250 m or 100 m) and uation in a light waveguide. It
the other to supply power to the is the result of microscopic fluc-
connected equipment (max. 8 A tuations in the density of the
for 24 V DC voltage). glass, which deflect part of the

216 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 217


D Glossary Glossary D
guided light sufficiently from its device. The device is portable.
course that it actually leaves the The coupling connector contains
light waveguide. With light wave- earthed contacts and is thermo-
lengths above 1600 nm, this plastically moulded to the cable.
effect is very weak, however it Connecting cables are, for
increases at short wavelengths example, used to connect porta-
by the wavelength to the power ble telephones.
of four (Rayleigh dispersion).
Dispersion Dispersion of the signal running
Digital signal Transmission of a signal using time in a light waveguide. It is
transmission binary light pulses in a period made up of various components:
time pattern. mode dispersion, material dis-
persion and waveguide disper­
Dimension A term for the geometric size of sion. As a result of its disper­
a wire or strand, expressed as a sion, a light waveguide acts as
diameter or cross-section. Often a low-pass filter for the signals
used in conjunction with the num- to be transmitted (see → Trans-
ber of cores, e. g. 18 x 1.5 mm2. mission function).

DIN Abbreviation for Deutsches Insti- DKE Abbreviation for Deutsche Kom-
tute für Normung [German Stan- mission Elektrotechnik und Elek-
dardisation Institution]. It is tronik Informationstechnik [Ger-
based in Berlin, Germany. man Electrical Engineering, Elec-
tronics and Information Tech­
DIN EN European standard added to the nology] in DIN und VDE. It is a
German body of standards. branch of the DIN and its agency
the VDE (Electrical Engineering,
Direct line, A connecting cable is a cable Electronics and Information
connecting cable that has a coupling connector Technology Federation). As a
through which the network con- national organisation for formu-
nection is established. The fixed lating standards in electrical
connection is found inside the engineering and information

218 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 219


D Glossary Glossary D
technology, the DKE deals with ous bending radii. There may be
important interdisciplinary iss­ no visible damage to the cables,
ues such as safety, EMC, compo- sheaths, inner or outer protecti-
nents and performance of con- ve covers after testing. All stran-
ventional electric circuits, mobi- ded elements, braidings and
le wireless communication, soft- wrappings must also remain cor-
ware and Internet protocols. rectly in place. In addition to the
DKE is the German member of diameter of the strand assembly
the European and global stan- and the number of elements to
dardisation organisations. The be stranded, the length of lay
DKE implements and publishes plays a significant role in the fle-
the results of standardisation xibility of a cable. Based on the
work by the → IEC, → CELENEC following principle: The shorter
and → ETSI in national stan- the length of lay, the more flexi-
dards. ble the strand assembly.

Drag chain cables Drag chain cables are cables Dummy If there are “openings” detected
used in power chains (e. g. in the cable, dummy elements or
ÖLFLEX® FD, ÖLFLEX® SERVO dummy cores are inserted and
FD, UNITRONIC® FD plus at stranded together with the cable
Lapp). assembly. Dummy elements are
generally made from cheap, infe-
Drain wire Single- or multi-wire non-insu­ rior materials such as polyethy-
lated conductor that is run in lene twine, spun rayon and cot-
close metallic contact under a ton. They are usually the same
screening. size as the real stranding ele-
ments.
Ductility, flexibility As all cables and cores are liable
to mechanical stress, they are Duplex operation Transmission of two indepen-
also checked for flexibility, i. e. dent signals over a particular
bent several times around vari- distance.

220 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 221


E Glossary Glossary E
Duroplastic In contrast to thermoplastics, EIA Abbreviation for Electronic
after heating duroplastics can- In­dustries Associations.
not be deformed by heating
them again. Duroplastics are Elastomere Elastomers are widely used for
required in the cable industry, sheathing and insulating cables
e. g. as cable fittings or connec- because of their excellent elec-
tors. trical and mechanical proper-
ties. Elastomers are high-mole-
Earth connection Earthing of a point of the circuit, cular materials, whose elasticity
such as the neutral point, neu­ depends on the degree of cross-
tral conductor, midpoint or outer linking. The biggest difference
conductor. between elastic and plastic
materials lies in loading and re­­
Earth electrocode, Conductor that provides a con- lief. After relief, an elastic mate-
ground system ductive connection to earth. For rial reverts to its original shape.
example, it can be embedded in
the ground or have a large area Electric circuits In a cable, circuits with different
in contact with the ground. voltages can be operated if they
are insulated for the maximum
Earthing Earthing guarantees a clear refe- voltage that occurs – VDE 0113
rence potential for screening the Part 1 and VDE 0100 Part 520.
active and passive components
of a network. Electric diameter of Determined on cables by electri-
conductors cal resistance measurements.
ECAD The ECAD component standard
is a manufacturer-independent Electric Field When voltages are applied to
standard for describing item and cables, electrical fields are for-
engineering data in electrical med, which can take on different
engineering, specifically for shapes depending on the cable
machine and equipment manu- construction. In the low voltage
facture.

222 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 223


E Glossary Glossary E
range, up to approx. 1 kV, elec- e. g. cables over edges; stepping
trical fields have only a neglig­ on; pulling of cables; chemical:
ible influence on the dimensions e. g. oils; thermal: heat, cold.
of the insulating walls. To gua-
rantee operational safety, there Element Individual component of cables,
are high demands on the materi- a collective term for cores, pairs,
als and dimensions in the high bundles and carrier organs.
voltage range. An electrical field
is represented by field lines. The Elongation at break, Elongation at break is the ratio
density of these field lines indi- ultimate elongation of the elongation to the initial
cates the force that exists bet- length when a break occurs.
ween the two points on a field
line (voltage). Elongation, extension, Extension of a body by mechani-
stretch cal forces. In the cable industry,
Electric resistance Resistance with which an elec- it is tested using a mechanical
tric circuit opposes the passage testing method to determine the
of the current. Resistance is spe- tensile strength of all compo-
cified and measured in Ohms. nents.

Electricity Form of energy based on the ELOT Hellenic Organization for Stan-
flow of free electrons. Electricity dardization. Certification body
is produced in generators. for Greece.

Electromagnetic Protection against faults that EMC Abbreviation for Electromagne-


protection could affect the cable from out- tic Compatibility. The ability of a
side (immisions). Protection system, machine or item of
against faults caused by the equipment to work satisfactorily
cable (emissions). Braid, e. g. in the electromagnetic environ-
copper (tin plated) → flexible → ment without itself causing any
coverage. Protection against electromagnetic interference
external influences: mechanical,

224 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 225


E Glossary Glossary E
that would be unacceptable for ePLAN® ePLAN® is the leading CAE soft-
all systems, machines or equip- ware for planning electrical
ment in that environment. designs and documentation in
machine and plant construction.
EMK Abbreviation for electromotive The Lapp item data and the
force. cable type file enable the indivi-
dual cores in the ePLAN® circuit
EMS Abbreviation for Electromagne- diagram to be assigned automa-
tic Susceptibility. This is the tically. ePLAN® is produced by
functional resistance of a speci- ePLAN® Software & Service
fic object to electromagnetic GmbH & Co.KG.
interference factors. See www.eplan.de

EN Abbreviation for European Stan- EPR Abbreviation for Ethylene Propy-


dards. lene Rubber.

EPDM Abbreviation for Ethylene Propy- Ethylene-Propylene- See → EPDM


lene Dien Monomer rubber. Che- Rubber
mically cross-linked elastomer
with good electrical insulating ETSI Abbreviation for European Tele-
properties and outstanding flexi- communication Standards Insti-
bility at low and high temperatu- tute. Its duties include develo-
res. ping harmonised standards for
an integrated European commu-
EPIC® Abbreviation for Environmental nication system.
Protected Industrial Connector.
Registered trademark, a robust Explosive atmospheres See VDE 0165 Part 1. Cables
industrial connector from Con- with a thermoplastic, duroplastic
tact. or mineral insulated metal
sheath can be used for fixed rou-

226 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 227


E Glossary Glossary F
ting. There may not be any cavi- grains of equal size, are the deli-
ties in the core bundle (not hose very form of various plastics for
cable). The extruded embedding cable manufacture; in other
material and the fillers, if used words, an extruder is a system
(press extruded), must be “non- in which a continuous supply of
hygroscopic”. Flame retardant in granules is heated, compressed,
compliance with IEC 60332-1. mixed and homogenised.
Cables for mobile and transpor-
table equipment must have Farad Unit of measurement for electri-
connecting cables with an cal capacitance.
outer sheath made of heavy-
duty polychloroprene or an FDDI Abbreviation for Fibre Distribut-
equivalent synthetic elastomer ed Data Interface. Network type
or a heavy-duty rubber insulated made up of a double ring with a
cable or connecting cables with 100 Mbit/s transmission rate
a comparably robust construc- and using waveguides as the
tion. transmission medium.

Extension cord A mobile cable assembled with a Fibre cover Made up of one or more materi-
coupling connector and socket. als and is used to mechanically
The couplings are integrally insulate the fibres and to protect
moulded onto the cable using them against damage.
thermoplastics and contain pro-
tective contacts. Fieldbus technology Sensors and actuators are con-
ventionally connected to a cont-
Extrusion line It is powered by a motor and roller or evaluation unit using
coils through a cylinder in a an analogue 4 – 20 mA signal.
spiral. The filler is made up With this technology, a 2-core
of thermoplastic prepared in cable is necessary for each con-
the form of granules. Granules, nection between the sensor or
i. e. a free-flowing mixture of actuator and the controller. In

228 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 229


F Glossary Glossary F
addition, an input/output circuit point codes (TAG), filter proper-
(I/O) must be provided for each ties, maintenance or fault sig-
sensor and actuator in the cont- nals etc. can be transmitted. The
roller (normally a PLC or PC). The advantages that this brings are
picture looks very different when obvious. Commissioning and
using a field bus system. In this maintenance are simplified and
case, all devices are connected the flexibility of the system (e. g.
to a bus cable (2, 4 or 5 cores with central measuring range
depending on the field bus sys- selection) is improved. This nor-
tem). An interface card is used mally also enables cost benefits
instead of the input/output cir- to be achieved compared to con-
cuits. This saves on I/O cards, ventional solutions.
reduces the space required in
the control cabinet and perma- Filler Used as a component of insula-
nently cuts the wiring costs. In ting and sheathing compounds.
conventional systems, informati- The fillers in rubber compounds,
on (e. g. measured values or a for example, mesh directly into
fault signal) can only be trans- the rubber molecules and give
mitted in one direction and in them good mechanical abrasion
very limited amounts. This can resistance. Important fillers
be from the sensor to the cont- include siliceous chalk, soot and
roller or from the controller to aluminium oxide.
the actuator. By contrast, in a
field bus system information can Filler wire Usually a tin-coated copper wire
be exchanged bidirectionally via which should have contact with
the digital bus. As well as the the aluminium layer of the
actual process data such as screen along the entire cable
measured values (e. g. tempera- length. In order to ensure the
ture) and control variables (e. g. filler wire doesn‘t break when
speed), parameters such as the the cable bends, it must lie very
measuring range, measuring loosely (undulating) on the cable

230 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 231


F Glossary Glossary F
core. The filler wire should be with multiple colours) and nor-
able to pass over any possible mally with small cross-sections
breaks in the screen. (0.08, 0.14 or 0.25). The indivi-
dual cores can normally be sepa-
Filler, valley sealer Filler or support element in indi- rated. Application: In electro-
vidual stranding layers in cables. nics, for connecting circuit
boards.
Fire behavior Property which describes the
behaviour of the cable when Flat type cable Several individually insulated
on fire (in particular, fire propa- conductors in parallel with a
gation). sheath for mechanical protec-
tion, produced in such a way as
Fire resistant Property of materials used for to give a rectangular cable
insulation and sheathing that cross-section. Used in crane
are slow to catch fire when systems (ÖLFLEX® – Crane F).
exposed to heat and are self-
extinguishing when the heat Flexibility A product (relating to cables in
source is removed (→ hard to this case) is flexible if it can be
inflame). moved around without impairing
its functionality (e. g. lift cable or
Flame retardant Thermoplastic and elastomer robot cable).
compounds for insulation and
sheathing are influenced by Fluorethylenpropylen Product from the TEFLON®
additives so that they are slow (FEP) series. A plastic for high tempe-
to catch fire when heat acts on ratures, with excellent chemical
them. resistance and excellent electri-
cal properties but not economic-
Flat cable Ribbon cable in which the indi­ al. TEFLON® is a registered
vidual strands are welded trademark of the company Du
together to form a ribbon (often Pont de Nemours.

232 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 233


G Glossary Glossary G
Foil Plastic foil, metal foil and which engineering and planning
metal clad plastic foil are used offices create specifications and
for different purposes. Plastic tenders for industry, infrastruc-
foil provides mechanical protec- ture and building services pro-
tion, e. g. as padding under a jects.
screening braid or around the Lapp tender texts in the com-
cores below when stripping mon formats GAEB 90 (*.d81)
to protect against incisions. and GAEB 2000 (*.p81) are
Metal foil is used for electrical available for download from
screening. www.lappkabel.de.

Frequency Number of changes of polarity in General cable tie General cable ties are coloured
an alternating current per or transparent fixing elements
second; the unit of measure is (normally made of nylon) that
Hertz (Hz). can be used to secure individual
wires or cables in a bundle. The
FTP Abbreviation for Foil Shielded teeth on the inside provide a per-
Twisted Pairs; in these cables manent connection.
the twisted pairs of cores are
screened by a common plastic Glass fibre cable Used to transmit data. They use
clad aluminium foil. light as the transmission medi-
um rather than electric current.
Full duplex Full duplex transmission allows Dielectric waveguide, used to
simultaneous transmission and transmit signals using light
reception of signals. waves. Also known as a fibre.

GAEB Abbreviation for “Gemeinsamer GOST Standards institute in Russia


Ausschuss Elektronik im Bauwe- (comparable with the VDE in
sen” [Joint Committee for Elect- Germany, British Standards in
ronics in Construction] and the UK, IMQ in Italy and UTE in
describes the data format in France)

234 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 235


H Glossary Glossary H
Gradient fibre Light waveguide with a gradient Hardness See → Shore
profile, i. e. with a → refraction
index profile that constantly Harmonizing key → See Table T6.
changes across the cross-sectio-
nal area of the light waveguide. HD Abbreviation for harmonisation
The profile of standard gradient document. In the EU, HDs have
fibres can be approximated as 1 the status of a harmonised Euro-
< g < 3 by an exponent profile. pean standard (like ENs).

Grid The exact spacing between the Heat of combustion The temperature or heat
conductors in a ribbon cable. released when a cable is burned
(see → Thermal load).
Gusset Cavities that inevitably occur
between the cores twisted into a Hertz Unit of measure for the fre­
strand due to their circular quency of an alternating current
cross-section. When using sec- (in Germany 50 Hz for mains
tor-shaped conductors, practi- cables).
cally no gussets occur.
Hood The upper section of the
Halogen free Refers to materials that do not housing can have a straight or
contain any halogens such as lateral cable outlet. The hood
chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br), iodi- can be freely combined with
ne (I) or fluorine (F). an externally mounted, surface
mounted or coupling housing.
HAR Quality mark for a harmonised
cable complying with CENELEC Hood termination The insides of the end plates
HD standards, issued only by are coated with a thermoplastic
HAR testing bodies, e. g. VDE, adhesive. The end plates are
USE, BASEC, USE, SEV. used for sealing pressure

236 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 237


I Glossary Glossary I
monitored, moisture-resistant Industrial machinery The following general rules apply
cables and tubes with a diame- for USA to construction and operation
ter of 5 to 10 mm. of machinery in the USA: The
machinery must comply with
Hybrid cable Cable with different trans­ federal safety laws issued by
mission media, such as light the Occupational Safety and
waveguide, copper conductor, Health Administration (O.S.H.A.:
HF conductor. www.osha.gov) and the appli-
cable national codes (statutory
ICEA Abbreviation for Insulated Cable regulations) at the installation
Engineers′ Association. A sub- location. Machinery is only
committee of NEMA – USA. classed as safe if it has been
designed and manufactured in
IEC Abbreviation for International compliance with applicable
Electrotechnical Commission. standards (NFPA 70, NFPA 79….)
Standards committee for inter- and its safety has been tested
national standardisation of and declared safe by a Natio-
electrical materials and inter­ nally Recognized Testing Labora-
national commission for stan- tory (N.R.T.L., www.osha.gov/
dardisation in the electrical dts/otpca/nrtl/).
engineering and electronics
sector. Insertion loss, Attenuation caused by inserting
insertion attenuation an optical component into an
Imprinting Marking of cables using a relief optical transmission system.
imprint (no colour). This tech- The attenuation that is caused in
nique is only possible when an optical transmission system
the sheath is warm as the by inserting an optical compo-
marking is impressed into the nent, e. g. a plug or a → coupler.
material positively or negatively.

238 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 239


I Glossary Glossary I
Insulation Preventing the passage of elec- Interbus At the lowest level of the auto-
trical currents using non-con- mation hierarchy model, there
ductive materials. Materials are are particular requirements for
non-conductive (suitable for use a communication system. Con-
as insulators) if they do not con- nection costs, real time capabi­
tain conduction electrons or only lity and short cycle times are
isolated electrons. These materi- of crucial importance. The data
als include various plastics, rub- to be transmitted, normally mea-
ber, ceramic, porcelain, glass, sured and control values, are
paper, resin. (Insulation in capa- typically only a few bits in length.
citors and radio frequency INTERBUS-S, standardised in
cables is referred to as → dielec- DIN E 19258, has a summation
tric). frame protocol and is designed
specifically to meet these requi-
Insulation resistance The electrical resistance of a rements. With a clock speed of
non-metallic material between 500 Kbit/s and a net data rate
two electrodes, measured using of approx. 50%, even time-criti-
a DC voltage. cal controllers can be implemen-
ted using a bus system. With
Intensity Power density at a surface around 1,000,000 INTERBUS-S
through which radiation penetra- nodes in use worldwide, the sys-
tes, e. g. at the radiating surface tem is one of the leading field
of a light source or at the cross- bus systems. In some areas,
sectional area of a light wavegui- e. g. networking of frequency
de (standard unit W/cm2). converters and drive technology,
it is actually the market leader.
Interactive Property of two systems to influ-
ence one another in order to Interface Connecting point in a technical
exchange messages. system that has particular pro-
perties enabling connection to
another technical system.

240 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 241


I Glossary Glossary J
Internet Worldwide virtual data network. ISO Abbreviation for International
Organisation for Standardisa­
Intrinsically safe Electrical installation that is, tion. Committee that develops
in its own right, safe from the internationally recognised stan-
point of view of risk of explosion, dards.
i. e. no ignitable sparks can
occur in the installation. All Joint Interconnection point between
parts, including the cables, (data) transmission paths.
should be blue (RAL 5015) – e. g.
at Lapp ÖLFLEX® EB, ÖLFLEX® Kink The cable has been forcefully
EB CY, UNITRONIC® EB CY). bend over a sharp edge, causing
plastic deformation of the indivi-
IP Code A system of designations used dual strands and wires. This
to indicate the degree of protec- results in grooves that promote
tion provided by a housing breakages on the individual
against access to hazardous wires.
components, ingress of solid
foreign bodies and/or water kV Abbreviation for Kilovolts. 1 kilo-
and to provide additional infor- volt equals 1,000 Volts.
mation relating to this protection
(e. g. EN 602529). LAN Abbreviation for Local Area
Network. Physically limited net-
ISDN Abbreviation for Integrated Ser- work used for communication
vices Digital Network. Integrated within a building or company.
service digital telecommunica-
tions network. Suitable for trans- Laser-printer, With this method, small produc-
mission of voice, text, images ink-jet printer tion batches can be printed
and data. at low cost as there is no need
for a print wheel to be made.

242 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 243


L Glossary Glossary L
The downside, however, is that ● F or non-portable motorised
it produces a print result of les- equipment of protection class I
ser quality. 3.5 mA
● F or non-portable heating equip­-

Laying temperature When installed, the cable tempe- ment of protection class I
rature should not be below +3 0.75 mA or 0.75 mA/kW, max.
°C. Cables with sheathing and 5 mA
insulation are sensitive to ben- ● For devices of protection class

ding and impacts when exposed II 0.25 mA


to cold. ● For devices of protection class

III 0.5 mA
Leading protective The PE contact in a plug establi- When taking leakage currents
ground shes the first contact and is the for an entire system (also impor-
last to disconnect, and is marked tant for residual current protecti-
as the protective earth symbol. ve equipment) into consider­
ation, both the leakage current
Leakage current Leakage current is the current (residual current) of the cables
that flows via the functional and the leakage current of the
insulation of a consumable to consumable must be accounted
earth or an external conductive for.
part. It can appear as a pure
active current or as an active Length of lay, The twist length is the distance
current with a capacitive value. length of twist (measured in the direction of
In VDE 0700-1 “Household and the longitudinal axis) covered by
Similar Electrical Appliances – the elements of a layer after
Safety”, the following leakage being twisted by 360°, e. g. 40
currents are specified: mm. It is usual to specify the
● For devices of protection class number of twists per metre, e. g.
0 and 0I 0.5 mA 40 mm = 25 twists.
● For portable devices of pro­tec­-

tion class I 0.75 mA

244 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 245


L Glossary Glossary M
Lever series To lock the EPIC® rectangular LiY Individual cores (strand) predo-
connector, there are single or minantly 0.14 and 0.25 mm2
central levers available for the LiYv: Tin plated individual cores
one-handed locking of upper and (strand).
lower housing sections, the dou-
ble levers are used for the two- LiYCY Individual cores with copper
hand locking. screening (C stands for copper).

Li2YCY Polyethylene screened individual LiYY Multi-core stranded cable


cores. (ÖLFLEX®, UNITRONIC®).

Li5YCY TEFLON® PTFE screened indivi- Longitudinal water Achieved by filling the gaps bet-
dual cores. TEFLON® is a brand tightness ween the core arrangements
name of the company DuPont de with various kinds of filler (e. g.
Nemours. petroleum jelly filling).

Lift cable Lift cables are control cables Loss factor The loss factor depends on fre-
with strain relief used for lifts, quency, temperature and capaci-
gantry cranes, teach pads, etc. tance. This factor is the ratio of
(e. g. ÖLFLEX® LIFT, ÖLFLEX® effective power to idle power
CRANE at Lapp). with a sinusoid voltage.

Link A link represents a complete Machine set-up for core The following single units have
section of cabling from the floor insulation – Extrusion mainly conventional extrusion
distribution board to the data lines for core and insulating
terminal input. It includes all covers: Overend take-off, wire
connecting sockets and plugs, straightener, wire pre-heater,
installation cables and patch capacitance bridge, extruder,
cables. The quality of a link is embossing or marking device,
defined using classes, the quali- cooling section, eccentr-
ty of the individual components
using categories.

246 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 247


M Glossary Glossary M
icity measuring device, diameter Mica powder Natural mineral product that is
scanner, high-voltage testing pulverised and used as a separa-
device,  double roller haul-off ting agent and lubricant either
machine, accumulator and doub- on its own or mixed with talcum.
le bobbin winder. In the form of foils and strips,
mica is also used for insulating
Master Central bus subscriber that con- conductors exposed to high
trols bus access. All other thermal loads.
subscribers operate as slaves
(see → ASI). Microbending Bending of fibres that have local
axial deviations of a few micro-
Master-Slave principle The master element issues inst- meters and physical wave-
ructions and the slave lengths of a few millimetres, for
elements follow them. With example. Microbending causes
decentralised bus control, for light losses and thus increases
example, an automation device the → attenuation of the fibres.
acts as the master element and
issues access rights for the Mode Discrete light wave forms that
other components (slave can propagate in a light wave­
elements – see → ASI). guide.

Material dispersion With a non-monochromatic light Mode dispersion The signal distortion in a light
source, the dispersion that waveguide caused by overlap-
results from the dependency of ping modes with different run-
a material′s refraction index n on ning times.
the wavelength and from the
light velocity in that material. Modem Device for adapting digitally ope-
rating data stations for analogue
telecommunications channels.

248 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 249


M Glossary Glossary N
Modulation A network signal to be transmit- Mutual capacity, For four, pair or phantom cable
ted is modified by a carrier sig- operating capacity circuits: the capacity between
nal. the cores a and b of these cable
circuits. With one core: the
Monomode fibre Light waveguide with small → capacity between a conductor
core diameter in which only one and all remaining interconnected
mode, the basic mode, can be conductors of a cable.
propagated. This fibre type is
particularly suitable for broad- Nanosecond Billionth of a second. Time unit
band transmission over long dis- for the internal switching speed
tances as its → transmission of computers.
bandwidth is only limited by →
chromatic dispersion. Near-end crosstalk, In multi-pair data cables, the
far end crosstalk field effect of the signal trans-
Motor cable Motor cables are supply cables mission for one pair induces an
for electric motors (e. g. ÖLFLEX® interference signal in adjacent
SERVO FD at Lapp). pairs. Crosstalk does not depend
on the length and is greater as
Multimode fibre Light waveguide whose core dia- the frequency increases. The dif-
meter is large compared to the ference between the effective
light wavelength and in which a signal and the interference sig-
large number of modes can nal measurable at the adjacent
therefore be propagated. A gra- pair is referred to as crosstalk
dient profile (→ gradient fibre) attenuation and is specified in
allows the → mode dispersion to dB. We differentiate between:
be kept low, allowing large trans- NEXT (Near End Crosstalk) and
mission bandwidths to be achie- FEXT (Far End Crosstalk).
ved, although these can be
exceeded using → monomode NEC Abbreviation for National Electri-
fibres. cal Code. Group of standards for
the safety of electrical equip-

250 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 251


N Glossary Glossary N
ment, e. g. electrical equipment NFPA 79 NFPA 79 is the section of the
installations in the low voltage National Electric Code (NEC®)
range up to 600 V – USA. which includes the requirements
for electrical wiring of industrial
NEMA Abbreviation for National Electri- machinery. NFPA 79 generally
cal Manufacturers′ Association. applies to electrical components
The NEMA works in conjunction used in individual machines and
with the IECA to produce and machine configurations opera-
promote standards for cables – ting together (machine groups).
Washington D.C., USA. The National Fire Protection
Association (www.nfpa.org) is
NEMCO Norwegian testing body, similar the issuer of this important stan-
to the VDE in Germany. dard. NFPA 79 applies to all
electrical and electronic compo-
Neoprene® Trade name of the company nents in machinery with a maxi-
DuPont de Nemours for synthe- mum nominal voltage of 600 V.
tic chloroprene rubber. NFPA 79 was revised in 2006.
The aim of this revision was to
Network Cable network used to create harmonise NFPA 79 with its
connections between data sta- European counterpart IEC/EN
tions. 60204.

Neutral conductor Neutral conductors, where used, Nominal voltage The nominal voltage is the volt­
may not have a smaller cross- age to which the structure of the
section than the outer conduc- cable relates in terms of its elec-
tor, see VDE 0100 Part 520, Sec- trical properties. The nominal
tion 524.2. voltage is expressed by specify-
ing two AC voltages U0/U in V :
NFPA Abbreviation for National Fire U0 = Effective value between an
Protection Association. Issuer of outer conductor and earth (non-
NFPA standards and NEC – USA. insulating environment). U =

252 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 253


N Glossary Glossary O
Effective value between two below ground, in dry, damp and
outer conductors in a multi-core wet areas and within walls and
cable or a system of single-core concrete, except for direct
cables. embedding in shaken, vibrated
or compressed concrete.
Norms The German Federal Supreme
Court gave the following state- Ohmic resistance The resistance per unit length
ment on engineering rules on records the losses in the metal-
14.05.1998: Recognised engi- lic conductors. The conductor
neering rules are those that dimensions, material and the
are recognised as correct by temperature determine the DC
the theory and have demonstra- resistance Ro′. Because of skin
ted their effectiveness in practi- effect, the conductor resistance
ce. By contrast, according to the increases as the frequency rises.
BGH DIN standards are only pri- It also shows a linear increase as
vate engineering regulations the cable length increases.
with the nature of recommenda-
tions, which do reflect the recog- ÖNORM-Format Austrian format for invitations to
nised engineering rules but lag tender.
behind them or could actually be
incorrect. Operating supplies All objects needed when using
electrical energy, e. g. switch,
Numeral identification See → Colour codes/Nume­­rical motors and cables.
identification
Operating The range between the lower
Numerical aperture Sine of the maximum possible temperature range (lowest permissible tempera-
launch angle of a light wave­ ture) and upper (highest permis-
guide. sible temperature) limit tempe-
rature that may be utilised by the
NYM These cables (standard cable for operator.
fixed installation) are designed
for installation above, on and

254 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 255


O Glossary Glossary O
Operating voltage The actual voltage in a grid. This a three-phase system but not
can fluctuate by up to 5%, conductors come from the mid-
caused by the alternating use of point or neutral point. The con-
consumers. ductor is arranged concentrically
around the inner conductor of
Opposite See → Stranding a coaxial pair.
direction of lay
Outer diameter Diameter of the smallest circle
Order length The length of cable ordered by that will enclose the surface
the customer. of the sheath.

OTDR Measuring method for testing Outer sheath Enclosed cover for protection
glass fibres for faults or trans- of the elements underneath.
mission quality. OTDR stands for
Optical Time Domain Reflecto- Outer sheath On the one hand, refers to the
meter. outer covering of a cable. On the
other hand, it is the entire opti-
Outdoor cable Cables suitable for outdoor lay- cally transparent material in a
ing in the ground, in pipes, in the light waveguide, excluding the
air, in rivers and lakes, in mines, core.
on ships, for interior spaces or
the most varied of industrial Overcurrent If the permitted ampacity is
plants, etc. The design of the exceeded, this is referred to as
cable depends on the electrical, overcurrent.
thermal, mechanical and chemi-
cal laying and operating condi- Overcurrent Overcurrent protection devices
tions. protection devices break the current supply in case
of overcurrent. They include
Outer conductor Conductors that connect current overcurrent protective switches
sources with consumables. and safety fuses.
For example, C1, C2 or C3 in

256 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 257


P Glossary Glossary P
Oxygen index Percentage oxygen content in Patch cable Patch cable complying with EN
the ambient air that is necessary 50173/ISO IEC 11801 is used to
to maintain combustion after provide a flexible connection
removal of a flame. As the natu- between ports in patch fields
ral oxygen content in the air is and the connection to telecom-
approx. 23%, materials with an munication sockets.
oxygen index of greater than 24
are generally self-extinguishing Patch field A patch field is the switching
when the flame is removed. This device that is used to set up,
term comes up primarily in con- establish and route connections.
nection with halogen free cables.
PE Abbreviation for polyethylene.
Pad Non-conductive element made
of insulating material (PVC) or Photodiode Semiconductor diode that
textile, used to fill up gaps in absorbs light and feeds the
a strand group. Also known as charged particles released to an
a dummy core. external circuit as a photoelec-
tric current. A distinction is
Pair Two stranded → cores within a made between PIN photodiodes
larger strand group (see → Ele- and avalanche photodiodes.
ment). The inductive coupling of
two parallel conductors is redu- Photovoltaic Photovoltaics refers to the direct
ced by twisting the two cores conversion of solar energy into
together as tightly as possible (→ electrical energy using solar
twist length). cells. Photovoltaics is a branch
of solar technology, which inclu-
Panel mount base Panel mount bases are designed des other technical uses of solar
for the feeding through of cables energy.
from below. The panel mount
base is mounted to control cabi-
net walls for connecting control
or power cables.

258 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 259


P Glossary Glossary P
Pigtail Short part of a fibre optic cable Polychloroprene-rubber Synthetic rubber is resistant to
on a laser diode or connector. solvents, has very good strength
The pigtail is the coupling link properties and is flame resis-
between a component and tant, however very expensive
transmission fibre and is perma- (high-quality rubber cables, Pat-
nently fixed to the component. tex glue).

PiMF Abbreviation for pairs in metal Polyethylene Polyethylene is a halogen-free


foil. plastic, but is highly flammable.
By adding additional materials,
Pollution level Numerical value specifying the PE can be made flame retardant
anticipated pollution of the mic- and smokeless.
ro-environment. Pollution levels
1, 2 and 3 are used. The polluti- Polyuretane Extremely impact resistant, dif-
on level is used to assign air ficult to strip, strong reset
gaps and creep distances. In forces. (PUR, 11Y, Q ).
industrial environments, the pol-
lution level is typically 3. Polyvinylchloride Polyvinylchloride is a halogena-
ted plastic. The halogens are
Polyamide Polyamide is a polymer. Polyami- chlorine, bromine, fluorine, iodi-
de is cold resistant with impact ne and astatine. Chlorine and
loads, impact resistant and abra- fluorine are used to make plas-
sion resistant. tics flame retardant and more
resistant to external influences.
Polycarbonate The prerequisite for resistance is Cables with PVC sheathing are
that no aggressive components flame retardant. Halogenated
such as emollients (PVC) or sol- plastics produce highly toxic
vents attach the polycarbonate. gases when they burn, which
The material swells up, which form aggressive acids when they
can lead to stress cracks. mix with extinguishing water and
can, in turn, cause extremely
severe corrosion damage.

260 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 261


P Glossary Glossary Q
Power dissipation factor Power that is converted into Protective conductor (Symbol PE) A conductor that is
heat or other energy losses. necessary for certain protective
measures against shock cur-
Preform Glass rod from which the glass rents to create the electrical
fibres for light waveguides are connection to subsequent parts.
drawn. When drawing the glass The protective conductor is
fibres, the ratio of core glass to marked in green/yellow (GNYE)
shell glass is maintained. in cables.

Print wheel This procedure is generally only PTFE Abbreviation for polytetrafluoro-
a cost-effective option for ave- ethylene, TEFLON® plastic
rage or large batches as a new (PTFE); a trade name of the com-
print wheel is required for every pany Du Pont de Nemours.
change made to the print. Print
wheels can, however, be used PUR Abbreviation for polyurethane; a
for geometrical logos and inver- ductile, abrasion resistant ther-
se printing. Print wheel results moplastic alternative to rubber,
are also relatively easy to remo- e. g. in ÖLFLEX® 400P, ÖLFLEX®
ve and wipe away. 540P.

Profibus The Profibus network is based PVC Abbreviation for polyvinylchlori-


on the principle of master-slave de.
communication. A central cont-
roller – the field bus master – PVC-powder additive Additives are added to PVC mix-
cyclically reads the information tures as matting agents, lubri-
from the field devices – the field cants, colour pigments, wax for
bus slaves – and writes their out- smooth surfaces.
put values. In a Profibus DP net-
work, a high-speed transmission Quad Stranding type in which the four
rate of up to 12 Mbit/s is possi- individual cores are twisted into
ble. It is based on the European a quad (telecommunications
standard EN 50170. cables).

262 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 263


R Glossary Glossary R
RAL The RAL colours with four-digit Rated voltage Value of a voltage, measured
numbers have been a yardstick according to the connector
in colouring for more than 70 assembly and referring to speci-
years. The collection of colours fic operating conditions.
currently includes more than
200 colours. The basic collec- REACH REACH directive (EC) No,
tion for mat shades is the RAL 1907/2006 on registration, eva-
840-HR register. The collection luation, authorisation and
for gloss shades is the RAL 841- restriction of chemical substan-
GL register. The basic collec- ces With the REACH directive,
tions are continuously updated the EU created a harmonised
in line with the requirements of system for the registration, eva-
industry. These collections cover luation, authorisation and
a wide range of applications. The restriction of chemicals – refer-
registers provide a colour temp- red to as REACH for short. The
late for designs, but also include purpose of the directive is to
safety and signal colours and ensure a high level of protection
comply with the colour specifica- for human health and the envi-
tions in DIN standards. ronment.

Rated current Current determined by the Receiver sensitivity The light output required by the
manufacturer, primarily at an receiver for low interference sig-
ambient temperature of 40°C, nal transmission. For digital sig-
which the connector can carry nal transmission, the average
on a permanent basis and which light output (in W or dBm) requi-
simultaneously flows though all red to achieve a bit error rate of
contacts which are connected to 10 – 9 is normally specified.
the largest possible conductor.
In the process, not exceeding
the upper limit temperature.

264 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 265


R Glossary Glossary R
Receiver, optical Assembly for converting optical Reel size choice Most winding systems in the
signals into electrical signals. It cable industry now have tables
consists of a photodiode with a showing the capacity and the
connecting fibre and plug and a product lengths and bending
low-noise amplifier and electro- radii that can be wound, ensu-
nic signal processing circuits. ring that the correct choice of
Where possible, the main com- reel can be made.
ponents of the receiver are nor-
mally combined into a compact Reel structure Reels consist of a circular core,
sub-unit known as the reception which is bounded on both sides
module. by flanges of larger diameter.
The flange diameter is also the
Reel To keep setup times and trans- nominal size of the reel. Steel
port costs down, the cable sockets are fitted in the centre
industry tries to supply large of the reel flanges to hold the
cables and long cable lengths on drive axes or barrels. These pre-
reels. In addition, this saves on vent damage to the reel flanges
connecting points and the asso- when winding and unwinding. On
ciated fittings with longer cable one reel flange (up to 1800 mm
lengths. The length supplied is nominal size) there is a through
limited by various factors, inclu- hole for inserting one end of the
ding the tensile strength and fle- cable; on larger reels, an inlet
xibility of the cable and the mass spiral is fitted to hold the end of
or cable volume. There are a the cable. This means that both
large number of different reel ends of the wound length of
sizes in the cable industry. cable are accessible and final
inspection of the cable length
can be carried out. Shipping
reels are normally made of pine
or spruce wood.

266 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 267


R Glossary Glossary R
Reeling This refers to the ability of cables Refractive index The factor n, by which the light
to withstand constant winding velocity in an optically dense
and unwinding over a long peri- medium (e. g. glass) is smaller
od of time without sustaining than in free space. More accura-
damage. For mobile consumers te term: Phase refraction index.
(e. g. a crane), the cable length
required for the different wor- Refractive Progression of the refractive
king positions is carried on a index distribution, index n across the cross-sectio-
reel. Constant winding and index profile nal area of a fibre optic cable.
unwinding makes high demands
on the cable construction, which Resistance Resistance = Voltage/Current:
means that only special cables “Obstruction” of the current
are suitable. flow, expressed in Ohm. The
lower the cross-section, the gre-
Reference earth Part of earth considered as con- ater the resistance. The more
ductive that lies outside the zone Ohms, the weaker the current
of influence of any earthing flow.
arrangement. See also → Corrosion resistance,
ozone resistance, radiation-
Reflexion Signal reflections occur at coup- resistant cables.
ling points between components
such as plugs and cables and, in Resistant The cable has a resistance to
copper networks, can be attribu- certain substances, i. e. they do
ted to different characteristic not destroy it.
impedances: In cases of extreme
differences in characteristic Retention The ability of a cable gland to
impedance, this leads to signal of cable glands limit the movement of a secured
distortion. cable under static load.

268 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 269


R Glossary Glossary S
RFID RFID stands for Radio Frequency tion of excavator drivers to the
Identification and means that cable route when excavating.
data can be transmitted with no
contact or line of sight. Rubber insulated cable Cable with rubber sheathing. For
example, H05 RR/RN, H07 RR/
RJ45 An RJ45 connection is an eight- RN at Lapp (previously: NMHöu/
pin miniature connector system, NSHöu).
e. g. for patch cables. The con-
nector is standardised to comply S-FTP The structure of shielded foil and
with the ISO/IEC 11801 cabling braid twisted pair (S-FTP) cables
standard. is made up of a foil screen over
all pairs, over which an additio-
RoHS The EC directive 2002/95/EC nal screen of tin plated copper
for limiting the use of certain braiding is placed.
hazardous substances in electri-
cal and electronic equipment Same direction of lay See → Stranding
governs the use of hazardous
substances in equipment and Sample test, screening Testing of production lengths or
components. Along with the production parts in relation to
applicable implementation in production quantity.
national law are referred to by
the abbreviation RoHS (Restric- Screened cable Cables with screen in outer
tion of (the use of certain) hazar- layer, over the cores or in double
dous substances ). sheath. The screen can be made
from braiding, foil or solid metal.
Route warning tape In excavations, the greatest With the foil version, a drain wire
damage occurs on cables alrea- from the filler strand is used.
dy laid in the ground. For this Identified with a “C”, and with
reason, route warning tapes are “CY” for additional PVC shea-
laid around 40 cm above the laid thing if copper braiding used.
cables, which draws the atten-

270 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 271


S Glossary Glossary S
Self-extinguishing Property of a (synthetic) materi- separating foils in PVC insulated
al to extinguish itself when a cables.
flame is removed from the mate-
rial. SEV Abbreviation for Schweizer­
ischer Elektrotechnischer Verein
SEMCO Swedish testing body, similar to [Swiss Electrical Engineering
the VDE. Association], testing body simi-
lar to the VDE.
Semi-conductor Materials whose electrical con-
ductivity depends on various Sheath print The customer receives informati-
influences, e. g. current direc- on about the printing of cable
tion, temperature, incidence of sheaths regarding design, tes-
light. By mixing with conductive ting- and operation-related mar-
materials (carbon, graphite), kings, colour codes, customer-
insulating materials (PVC) can specific markings and manufac-
be modified to give semiconduc- turer markings. The prints are
tor properties. created using laser and ink-jet
printers or print wheels. They
Semiconductor bandgap Energetic distance between the are, however, of inferior quality
valence band and the conduc- to the embossed letters as they
tion band of a semiconductor. wear away relatively quickly or
can be rubbed off.
Separating layer Foils positioned between the
individual layers on the cable Sheathed cable Designation for NYM and other
core to prevent harmful influen- sheathed cables.
ces.
Shielding A cover made of conductive
Separator Polyethylene terephthalate foils material that is placed over an
are used in the cable industry as individual core, a group of cores
insulating foils. They have excel- or all cores in a cable. Screening
lent dielectric and mechanical is used to protect the cable
properties. They are used as against penetration by electrical

272 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 273


S Glossary Glossary S
and/or magnetic fields and to Shore Hardness of the cable sheath.
prevent electrical interference The definition is: The resistance
from escaping from a cable. to penetration by another body,
Screening takes various forms: a which is measured without
copper wire braid or → covering, exception before the occurrence
copper or aluminium foil wrap- of damage. Shore A test is used
ping or enclosed tubular copper for soft plastics, Shore D test for
or aluminium bodies. For the harder plastics.
screening, the covering density
is defined in percent, relative to SIA Swiss format for invitations to
the area located below the brai- tender.
ding.
Signal cable Signal cables are used to control
Shipping reels The correct choice of shipping the accuracy and precision of
reel is a crucial factor in the qua- electric motors. (For example,
lity of a cable from winding to ÖLFLEX® connecting and con-
installation. The reel size and trol cables, ÖLFLEX® SERVO,
thus the winding volume is UNITRONIC® data cables at
determined by the diameter and Lapp).
length of the material to be
wound and the mass of the Single conductor Conductor which, unlike a
cable. The delivery agreement strand, consists of just a single
between the manufacturer and wire. A rigid wire is suitable for
the customer is determined by fixed installation.
the diameter and mass from the
production design and the pro- Single wire See → Cable, single-wire.
duct length. It is critical that the
bending radius of the cable, Single-mode fibre Waveguide in which only a single
which determines the size of the mode can be propagated at the
reel core, is maintained. operating wavelength.

274 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 275


S Glossary Glossary S
Single–wired conductor A single-wire conductor consists multiplied by the measuring area
of just one wire. [m²] divided by the sample
length [m]. VDE 0207, Part 4 and
Skin effect The higher the frequency of the VDE 0303, Part 30.
effective or interference signal,
the more the high frequency cur- Speed of signal Signals propagate in all cables at
rent is pushed towards the sur- propagation a speed that is always lower than
face. The skin effect is the pro- the speed of light. The NVP value
perty of an alternating or high specifies the ratio of this speed
frequency current in a conductor to the propagation speed of
to move towards the surface due light.
to field line induction processes.
This limits the penetration depth Spiral cable Flexible cables that are formed
of an external electromagnetic into a “spiral spring”. The cable
field into the object and thus its is wound onto a mandrel. The
effectiveness inside. addition of heat (tempering)
reduces the tensions in the plas-
Slave Subscriber in a network that can tic caused by the winding pro-
only communicate in data cess, which means that the
exchange when addressed by cable retains the spiral shape in
the master (see → ASI). a stress free condition after coo-
ling. When expanded, the spiral
SNA Abbreviation for System Net- extends and, when the force is
work Architecture. Network no longer acting upon it, returns
architecture concept that enab- to its original condition.
les data to be transmitted bet-
ween different types of compu- Splice Connection of two light wavegui-
ter. des created by melting their
ends.
Specific volume The specific volume resistance Fixed connection between two
resistance [Ohm m] results from the mea- light waveguides. A distinction is
sured volume resistance [Ohm] made between bonded and wel-

276 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 277


S Glossary Glossary S
ded splices (→ Welded light and Braid Twisted Pair), the
waveguide connection). cores are twisted in pairs and
individually screened with a
Stabiliser a) A component used in some metallic foil, to achieve exceptio-
plastics to obtain certain phy- nally low near end crosstalk. An
sical and chemical properties additional overall screen is then
during processing and the added.
usage time.
b) Additives (e. g. lead, tin or Strain relief The ability of a cable gland to
cadmium salts) for plastics. of cable glands limit the movement of a secured
They delay or counteract the cable under a dynamic and torsi-
decomposition and aging pro- onal load.
cess that occurs when expo-
sed to thermal loads. Strand The individual wires in a conduc-
tor combined into a bundle; the
Step index fibre Light waveguide with a stepped number and individual wire
profile, i. e. with a refraction thickness varies according to
index profile that is characte- the desired cross-section. The
rised by a constant refraction individual wires are either
index within the core and a bundled by stranding or by twis-
sharp decline in the refraction ting. Individual cores, e. g. LiY,
index at the boundary of the H05V-K, H07V-K
core and the sheath.
Stranding The individual elements of
STP In twisted pair cables with foil cables are wound parallel around
screening of the individual pairs a central element. The elements
and an overall braided screening can be the individual wires in a
(STP = Individually Screened Foil conductor or the cores or groups

278 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 279


S Glossary Glossary S
of cores themselves. Depending Strip line Strip lines are used as fixed sig-
on requirements, the elements nal transmission cables in con-
are twisted or stranded with dif- trol and steering technology,
ferent twist lengths. This is done measurement and data proces-
in concentric layers, one on top sing technology. They can con-
of another, according to the tain up to 40 cores which lie par-
number of elements. If the sub- allel to each as a result of the
sequent layer of the element is welded insulating cover. Single
stranded in the same direction cores can be separated from the
as the preceding layer, this is strip line, without causing any
known as parallel lay stranding, damage to the insulating cover.
as opposed to cross lay (rever- Their flat arrangement means
sed lay) stranding, where each they can be guided through nar-
subsequent layer is stranded in row slots or openings. They are
the opposite direction to the pre- fixed in place using brackets or
vious one. The stranding has an adhesive.
“S” lay if the stranding direction
runs to the left as an observer Styrol Is used as an insulating material
looks at it, or a “Z” lay if the for telecommunication cables (→
stranding runs to the right: A dis- Dielectric). It has a good
tinction is also made between strength value, however is not
stranding techniques with and resistant to solvents.
without back twist.
Super conduction The property of metals and oxi-
Stranding machine, Stranding machines are used to des to lose their electrical resis-
twister strand the components of a tance due to cooling when a so-
cable. Different types of stran- called transition temperature is
ding machines include single reached.
twist, double twist, multiple
twist, high-speed, basket, SZ and
universal stranding machines.

280 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 281


S Glossary Glossary T
Supporting cable Because of their small dimen­ T-Coupler Optical component for com-
sions, they are used for installa- bining the light from two light
tion in small and miniature waveguides (see also → Coup-
equipment. ler). Conversely, it can also be
used to split the light output in
Supporting core Strands of hemp, steel or plastic one light waveguide into two out-
are incorporated into the const- going light waveguides.
ruction as supporting elements
or to absorb tensile forces. In Take-up system Sheathed cables are generally
most cases, the carrier organ is wrapped around wooden or pro-
positioned next to the core, i. e. cess drums. The most common
in the middle of cables. Howe- types of winding devices are bot-
ver, there are also constructions tom roller winders, axial winders
in which one or two steel strands and barrel winders. Depending
are positioned outside the bunch on their flexural loading, tensile
of cores but below a shared strain, torsional strain, design,
outer sheath. storage, mechanical load and
transport, cables are individually
Surface mount base Lower housing sections with an wrapped and delivered on
enclosed base are referred to as drums, bobbins, in coils or bar-
surface-mounted. Surface moun- rels.
ted bases are available with a
cable outlet on the right-hand Talcum Talcum is a mineral, slightly fatty
side or on both sides of the natural product. It is used in
housing. powder form as a separating
agent or lubricant. It is also used
Synthetic india rubber Butyl synthetic rubber has a high when mixed with mica. When
resistance to ageing and lower sheathing a strand of cores, to
gas permeability. It is highly prevent the sheathing material
resistant to chemicals.

282 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 283


T Glossary Glossary T
that is applied when hot from TDR The Time Domain Reflectometry
sticking to the core insulation, measuring method is used to
the strand is dusted with talcum locate faults in copper cables.
first. As well as the separating The running time and shape of a
effect, this greatly reduces the reflected pulse enables the pos-
friction between the individual sible location of the fault to be
elements of the cable and thus determined relatively accurately.
promotes flexibility and strip- For PVC insulated cores, this
ping. value is approx. 0.541.

Tape The stranded assembly, compri- Telephone cord Cables to or in telecommunica-


sing several cores, is surrounded tion devices which have a high
by the tape. Generally, the tape flexural loading or flexibility.
is made from one or several syn-
thetic or paper band layers. Temperature range If the specified minimum tempe-
rature range is not reached, no
Tape wrapping Cables can be wrapped in a vari- mechanical forces may act on
ety of different insulating materi- the cable as otherwise the insu-
als. The tape is always helically lation will break (rigidity of poly-
wrapped around the cable as the mer chains). If the maximum
taping machine operates in a temperature is exceeded, the
rotary motion and the pull-off insulation begins to melt
movement is always in a longitu- (decomposition of polymer
dinal direction. chains). Important! With every
Several layers of paper or plastic change of temperature, the
tape are wrapped around the resistance of the conductor also
cable stranding or the cable changes.
core.

284 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 285


T Glossary Glossary T
Tensile load The maximum force with which a Thomson measuring Primarily used to measure very
cable can be loaded under defi- bridge for resistance low resistances. The measuring
ned conditions. measurement range is between 10-6 and one
Ohm. It is independent of volta-
Test voltage The voltage applied to a test spe- ge changes. The measured
cimen to demonstrate a particu- result is not falsified by the resis-
lar electrical strength. tance of the measuring lead and
other transition resistances (see
Tex The fineness of fibres is determi- also → Electrical resistance).
ned using the “fineness in Tex”
system. This is a physical vari­ Tight buffer tube Fibre type used in light wavegui-
able. 1 Tex = a fibre that has a des, with a solid plastic layer
mass of 1g at a length of 1000 attached directly to the outer
m. Example: Polyester silk has a glass.
rating of 7 Tex = 1000 m of silk
weighs 7 g. Tin Tin is used for tin plating copper
wires.
Thermal splice A thermal splice is a connection
between light waveguides crea- Torsion Twisting of the cable about the
ted by fusing the ends of the longitudinal axis. VDE0298, Part
conductors. 300, Section 5.4.4: Flexible
cables are not generally inten-
Thermoplastics, Thermoplastics are non-cross ded for torsional loads. In cases
thermoplastic materials linked macromolecular com- where this kind of torsional load
pounds. By heating, it is possible cannot be avoided, the construc-
to transfer them repeatedly to a tion of the cable and the type of
plastic condition. They are pri- installation must be agreed bet-
marily used for sheathing and ween the user and the cable
insulation of cables. manufacturer.

286 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 287


T Glossary Glossary T
Tracer thread A thread whose structure, colour Transfer impedance Measure for the quality of the
or colour combination is registe- screening, defined as the ratio of
red and protected as a trade- the voltage along the screening
mark by a cable manufacturer. It in the system subject to interfe-
provides information about the rence to the current of the sys-
manufacturer of the relevant tem causing the interference.
cables (at Lapp, the colour is The transfer impedance (coup-
ochre yellow). ling resistance) is the key variab-
le for the quality of the screen
Train signal cable Designed for voltages up to 600 and depends on the frequency. It
V. Depending on their purpose, is the ratio of the voltage drop
the cores are twisted in fours or along a screen on the side with
layers. They are PE insulated. interference (outside) to the
Because of the strong electro- interference current on the other
magnetic fields on railways, an side (inside) of the screen. The
effective copper screen and coupling resistance is determi-
steel tape armouring must be fit- ned by the construction of the
ted under the outer sheath. screen, the skin effect and the
capacitive coupling.
Transceiver This is the active component of
an Ethernet LAN for connection Transfer rate The frequency at which the level
of terminals to the electrical bus of the transmission function of a
cable with collision detection light waveguide has reduced to
and signal adaptation functions. half of its value at a frequency of
Transceiver is a combination of zero, i. e. at which the signal
the words transmitter and recei- attenuation has increased by 3
ver. The transceiver performs dB. As the transmission band-
transmitting, monitoring, recep- width of a light waveguide is
tion and interference functions. approximately the reciprocal of
its length (mode mixing), the

288 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 289


T Glossary Glossary T
bandwidth/length product is temperature sensor and a Peltier
often specified as a quality fea- cooler are also required to stabi-
ture. lise the operating temperature.
Where possible, the main com-
Transmission function A light waveguide acts as a low- ponents of the transmitter are
pass filter for the signals to be normally combined into a com-
transmitted. While only conti- pact sub-unit known as the
nuous wave attenuation is transmission module.
important for low signal frequen-
cies (see also → Attenuation), Triaxial cable Three-conductor cable that is
higher signal frequencies are made up of three connected
also attenuated as a result of the axes. It consists of one conduc-
dispersion in the light wavegui- tor in the centre, the second
de. The transmission function of conductor concentric around the
a light waveguide makes this a first and the third conductor is
complex issue; however the isolated from the first two, nor-
phase distortion is normally so mally by insulation, a braid and
low that it is sufficient to specify an outer sheath.
the figure for the function.
Trimming Cables are reeled at standard
Transmitter, optical Assembly for converting electri- lengths of, for example, 50 m,
cal signals into optical signals. It 100 m and 500 m on cable
consists of a transmission diode drums or coils (single cores) and
with connecting fibre, plug and placed in storage. Should a cus-
driver amplifier and other elect- tomer require a length shorter
ronic circuits. Particularly in than the standard length, the
laser diodes, a photodiode with cable is cut to size. The custo-
control amplifier is required for mer is then charged for this
monitoring and stabilising the adjustment.
radiated power. In many cases, a

290 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 291


T Glossary Glossary U
TTP Time Triggered Protocol systems made or the material, techno­
in data technology communicate logy or design has been chan-
continuously at predefined time ged. The frequency of type tests
intervals. The bandwidth is 5 is set out in legislation, con-
Mbit/s asynchronous and 25 tracts or operationally.
Mbit/s synchronous (see also
CAN bus system). UL Abbreviation for Underwriters
Laboratories. American testing
Tube cable Coaxial carrier frequency cable body, similar to the VDE in Ger-
with copper inner conductor, PE many.
discs as spacers, a tube-shaped
bend copper tape as the outer UL Approbation for Approval is particularly required
conductor and a lead or alumini- cable glands if the machinery or system in
um sheath. They are used as which the cable gland has been
long-distance cables for trans- used is to be exported to the
mission of TV signals and com- USA. Approval is granted after a
munications. test complying with UL 514B and
is confirmed by a certificate. The
Twist protection Protection of light waveguide number of this certificate is
connectors against twisting. known as the “file number” (e. g.
Without this protection, the end E 79903).
faces of the light waveguide
would be next to one another UL listing mark for Cables intended for use as fixed
and become scratched, signifi- listed cables & wires wiring in buildings used for resi-
cantly increasing attenuation. dential, commercial or industrial
purposes. Listed cables not only
Type test Test to be performed periodi- have to meet individual UL pro-
cally that includes all parame- duct standards, but must also
ters that can influence the comply with the relevant articles
result. This test must be perfor- of the National Electrical Code
med again if advancements or (NEC). Listed cables and wires
new developments have been can be used both for factory

292 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 293


U Glossary Glossary U
wiring of electrical equipment, Underground cable Cables are often designated
devices, appliances and machi- according to their usage condi-
nes as well as for field wiring of tions. Underground telecommu-
industrial machinery and sys- nication cables include outdoor
tems in accordance with NFPA cables designed to be routed
79. Approval marking on the pro- underground.
duct: (UL) = UL Listing mark.
Unit conductor of Unit conductors are solely used
UL recognition mark for Appliance wiring material or power cables as large conductors, from
AWM cables and wires “AWM” comprises cables inten- approx. 400 square millimetres.
ded solely for use in factory- In order to reduce the large
wired electrical equipment, amount of heat required during
devices, appliances, control welding, the bundles are separa-
cabinets and industrial mach­ ted into subconductors during
inery as part of a “listed assem- assembly and rejoined again in a
bly“. new stranding procedure.
AWM is not intended for field
wiring purposes. Cables with UL Unit cores of Several coated fibre optic cables
AWM style labelling must be fiberoptic cables lightly undulating and loose in
used for the applications small plastic pipes which are
stipulated by the individual style filled with Vaseline or swelling
designation. powder.

Ultraviolet radiation This invisible radiation is the sec- Unit of wires Bare wire bundles are the initial
tion of the electromagnetic product for copper strands. They
spectrum that is next to the visi- are also used as copper strands
ble range (UV radiation). in wire screens (non-insulated
product).

294 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 295


V Glossary Glossary V
UTE Abbreviation for Union Tech- Vibrator, chopper A pole reversal of medium power
nique de l‘Electricité (France). for generation of an AC voltage
from a DC voltage.
Vagrancy currents Currents that do not flow
through the electrical mains (L1, Volt Electrical unit of measure for vol-
L2, L3, N) are referred to as tage. 1 Volt is the voltage produ-
vagrancy currents. ced by a current of 1 A with a
resistance of 1 Ohm. Voltage =
VDE Abbreviation for Verband Deut- Resistance x Current
scher Elektrotechniker e.V.,
[German Electrical Engineering Volt meter Instrument for measuring volta-
Federation], VDE testing and ge.
certification institute – VDE tes-
ting body. Voltage-level classes We refer to four voltage levels.
Everything that is < 1000 Volt
VDE Approbation for Approval is granted after a test (< 1 kV) belongs to the low volt­
cable glands complying with DIN/EN 50262 age class. Voltages > 1 kV are
and is confirmed by an approval classed as high voltage.
certificate, In practice (no statutory specifi-
cation), the high voltage class is
VDEW Abbreviation for Vereinigung divided into: Medium voltage 1
Deutscher Elektrizitätswerke kV – 30 kV, high voltage 50 kV –
[Association of German Electrici- 150 kV, extremely high voltage
ty Plants]. 150 kV – 400 kV. There are seve-
ral different voltage levels within
Velocity of propagation Transmission speed of the elec- these classes.
trical energy in a length of the
cable compared to the light Voltage, tension Electrical unit of measure, mea-
speed in free space. Usually sured in Volts, i. e. Voltage =
expressed as a percentage. Resistance x Current.

296 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 297


W Glossary Glossary W
VSWR (Voltage Standing Ratio of the transmitted signal Watt Electrical unit of measure for
Wave Ratio) voltage to the reflecting signal power V x A = Watts (VA).
voltage measured along the
transmission path. Wave lengths Length of a full wave oscillation
(period). In optical signal techno-
Vulcanising Technological process in which logy, three wavelength ranges
temperature, pressure and the are normally used – 850 nm,
use of sulphur compounds, for 1300 nm and 1550 nm.
example, cause the molecules in
rubber to form cross linkages. It Waveguide dispersion The dispersion that occurs with
is this process that gives rubber non-monochromatic light sour-
its permanent elasticity and ces because the a/l relationship
makes it suitable for industrial and, as a result, field distribution
use (see → Cross linking). and group speeds of the modes
in a light waveguide are wave
Wall thickness The thickness of the insulation dependent (a is the core radius,
or sheath. l is the light wavelength). In
practice, waveguide dispersion
WAN WAN is the abbreviation for Wide always acts in conjunction with
Area Network. This is a large net- material dispersion; its overall
work, which can extend world­ effect is referred to as chromatic
wide. WANs normally connect dispersion.
LANs (Local Area Networks) via
telephone cables. Routers and Wear resistance The characteristic of a cable,
gateways connect the LANs wire or material to withstand
using different technologies. surface wear.
WAN is a wide area transmission
network for connecting distance WEEE directive Under electrical and electronic
users to a central network using equipment legislation (ElektroG
public cables. in Germany), the WEEE directive
governs the withdrawal of elec-
trical and electronic products.

298 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 299


W Glossary Glossary Z
Wire drawing Cold forming process, in which Wiring cable Cable for wiring equipment, con-
a sequence of increasingly small trol cabinets etc.
drawing dies (carbide cores or
diamonds) gradually reduce the Wiring system Wiring systems are made up of a
cross-section of pressed wire or variety of individual elements,
wire rod. such as cable sheathing, contact
plugs, connector shells, seals,
Wire termination Depending on the application, fixing elements, etc. In a car, the
technique different wire termination wiring system connects the elec-
methods can be chosen. Where tromechanical and electrical
ease of service and maintenance components and guarantees the
is required, a screw fitting is transmission of information from
used. If large numbers of plug and between the control units,
connectors with a reliable con- as well as for the supply of ener-
nection method are required, gy to the consumers (engine,
crimping is the best choice. A relay, lighting, etc.).
cage clamp combines ease of
service with reliable wire termi- Working current, The maximum permissible cur-
nation, although the space requi- service current rent that may be transmitted.
red per contact for the wire ter-
mination is the highest of all the Woven cable Several conductors running par-
methods described here. allel which are held together
using a thin sheath. See also →
Wire–wrap connection This is an electrical connection Flat cable.
made without soldering. The
contact is made by wrapping a Zinc In the cable industry, galvanised
bare copper wire around a steel tape or steel wire are used
square rod made of bronze, as the armouring material (→
brass or silver under high ten­ Armouring) to protect against
sion (also known as cold wel- corrosion.
ding).

300 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 301


Z Glossary Key words

ZVEH Abbreviation for Zentralverband Absorption See Glossary


der Deutschen Elektrohandwer- ACR See Glossary
Actor Sensor Interface ASI
ke e.V. [Central Association of
Address bus Adressbus
German Electrical Trades] (Ger-
Adhesion Adhäsion
many).
Aging Alterung
Aging resistance Alterungsbeständigkeit
ZVEI Abbreviation for Zentralverband Alternating current Drehstrom
der Elektrotechnik- und Elektro- Aluminium sheath Aluminiummantel
nik Industrie e.V. [Central Elec- AWG, AWG-Leitungen,
trical Engineering and Electro- American wire gauge
AWG-Adern
nics Industry Association] (Ger- Ampacity Strombelastbarkeit
many). Ampere See Glossary
Analog signal transmission Analogsignalübertragung
Angle of beam spread Öffnungswinkel
ANSI See Glossary
Antenna cable Antennenkabel
Knickschutz von
Anti-kink cable glands
Kabelverschraubungen
Antioxidant Alterungsschutzmittel
Approved cables Approbierte Leitungen
Armour Bewehrung
Armierung, Panzerung,
Armouring
Bewehrung
Armouring types Bewehrungsarten
AS AS
ASME See Glossary
Assembly Konfektionierte Leitung
ASTM See Glossary
ATEX approval ATEX-Zulassung
Attenuation Dämpfung
Attenuation a Dämpfung A
Attenuation coefficient a Dämpfungskoeffizient a
Automative cable Fahrzeugleitungen
AWM See Glossary
Backbone See Glossary

302 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 303


Key words Key words

Backscatter Rückstreuung Cable gland sizes Kabelverschraubungsgrößen


Backtwist Rückdrehung Cable print Aufdruck
BALUN See Glossary Cable set-up Kabelaufbau
Banding Bandierung Cable tree Kabelbaum
Bandwidth Bandbreite Cable type letter code Leitungs­kurzbezeichnung
Bandwidth product Bandbreitprodukt Cables for
Handgeräteleitungen
Bandwidth-length product Bandbreiten-Längenprodukt hand-held machinery
BASEC See Glossary Caloric load values Brandlast
Basic raw materials Basisrohstoffe Campus See Glossary
Batteries Act Batteriegesetz – BattG CAN See Glossary
Battery cables Batterieleitungen Canadian Electrical Code See Glossary
Baud See Glossary Capacity Kapazität, Leistung
Bel See Glossary Trägerfrequenz,
Carrier frequency
Bending capacity Biegefähigkeit Trägerfrequenzschaltung
Bending cycle Biegezyklen CCC See Glossary
Bending radii Biegeradien CE See Glossary
Bending test CE marking CE-Kennzeichnung
Kältewickelprüfung
at low temperature CEBEC See Glossary
Binary Binär CEC See Glossary
Bit See Glossary CEE See Glossary
Bit error rate, BER Bitfehlerrate CEI See Glossary
Blue cable Blaue Leitung CENELEC See Glossary
Braid angle Flechtwinkel Central element Seele
Braiding Geflecht Central filler Kern
Breakdown Durchschlag Characteristic Impedance Impedanz, Wellenwiderstand
Breaking load Bruchlast Chopper Zerhacker
British Standard Wire Gauge See Glossary Chromatic dispersion Chromatische Dispersion
Broadband Breitband Circular Mil (CM) See Glossary
BS See Glossary Cladding See Glossary
BSI See Glossary Klemmbereich
Clamping range
Bundle Bündel der Kabelverschraubung
Bus-system Bus-System CNOMO See Glossary
Cable Kabel, Leitung Coating Beschichtung
Cable carrier Energieführungskette Coaxial cable Koaxial-Kabel
Cable data Kabeltypendatei Colour code Farbcode
Cable gland Kabelverschraubung Colour print Bedrucken mit Farbe

304 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 305


Key words Key words

Communication Kommunikation Corrosion Korrosion


Ausgleichsleitung, Coupler Koppler
Compensating cable
Kompensationsleitung Crane cables Kranleitungen
Composite layer Schichtenmantel Crimp connection Crimpen
Composite sheath Schichtenmantel Cross-linked Vernetzung
Compound See Glossary Cross-linked
VPE
Concentric conductor Konzentrischer Leiter polyethylene XLPE
Conditioning Aufmachung Cross-linking agent Vernetzer
Conductance Konduktanz Cross-section Querschnitt
Conductor Aderleitung, Leiter, Ader CSA See Glossary
Connecting cable Anschlussleitung Current Stromstärke
Stecker, Steckverbinder, D.C. See Glossary
Connector
Sternkoppler Dark current Dunkelstrom
Contact voltage Berührungsspannung Data bus Datenbus
Control cables Steuerleitungen Data transfer Datenübertragung
Copolymere Copolymer Data transmission Datenübertragung
Copper Kupfer Datenübertragungskabel,
Data transmission cable
Copper base Kupferbasis Datenkabel
Copper weight Kupferzahl Data transmission rate Datenübertragungsrate
Verbunddraht – Decibel Dezibel
Copper-clad aluminium wire
Aluminium/Kupfer Degrees of protection Schutzarten
Core Ader, Blindader DEL See Glossary
Core check, response at Aderprüfung, Verhalten DEMKO See Glossary
increased temperature bei erhöhter Temperatur Density Dichte
Core check, response with Aderprüfung, Verhalten Density unit Dichtezahl
thermal shock bei Wärmeschock Designation label Beschriftungsbinder
Core diameter Kerndurchmesser DESINA® See Glossary
Core group Adergruppe DeviceNetTM See Glossary
Core Ident Code Ader-Ident-Code Dielectric Dielektrikum
Core identification Aderidentifizierung Dielectric constant (DC) Dielektrizitätskonstante (DK)
Core joint Aderverbinder Diffusion Streuung
Core print Bedruckung – Adern Digital signal transmission Digitalsignalübertragung
Core stranding Verseilverband, Verseilverbund Dimension Abmessung
Core stranding with more Verseilverband DIN See Glossary
than four cores aus mehr als vier Adern DIN EN See Glossary
Core wrapping Aderumhüllungen Direct line Anschlussleitung

306 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 307


Key words Key words

Dispersion See Glossary Extrusion line Extruder


DKE See Glossary Fibre cover Faserhülle
Drag chain cables Schleppkettenleitungen Fieldbus technology Feldbustechnik
Drain wire Beidraht Filler Füllstoff, Blindader, Beilauf
Ductility Biegbarkeit Filler wire Beilaufdraht
Dummy Blindelement Fire behavior Brennverhalten
Duplex operation Duplexbetrieb Fire resistant Flammwidrigkeit
Duroplastic Duroplaste Flame retardant Schwer entflammbar
Earth connection Betriebserdung Flat cable Flachbandleitung
Earth electrocode Erder Flat type cable Flachkabel
Earthing Erdung Flexibility Flexibilität, Biegbarkeit
ECAD-Bauteilenorm See Glossary Foil Folie
EIA See Glossary Frequency Frequenz
Elastomere Elastomer Full duplex Vollduplex
Electric circuits Stromkreise General cable tie Universalkabelbinder
Electric diameter Lichtwellenleiter (LWL),
Elektrischer Leiterquerschnitt Glass fibre cable
of conductors Lichtleiter-Kabel
Electric Field Elektrisches Feld Gradient fibre Gradientenfaser
Electric resistance Elektrischer Widerstand Grid Raster
Electricity Elektrizität Ground system Erder
Electromagnetic protection Elektromagnetischer Schutz Gusset Zwickel
Element See Glossary Halogen free Halogenfrei
Elongation Dehnung Hardness Härte
Elongation at break Bruchdehnung Harmonizing key Harmonisierungsschlüssel
ELOT See Glossary Heat of combustion Verbrennungswärme
EMC EMV Hood Tüllengehäuse
EMK See Glossary Hood termination Endkappen
EMS See Glossary Hook-up wire Trägerfrequenzschaltung
EN See Glossary Hybrid cable Hybridkabel
EPDM See Glossary Imprinting Prägung
EPIC® See Glossary Index profile Brechzahlprofil
ePLAN® See Glossary Industrial machinery Industrielle Maschinen
Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber Ethylen-Propylen-Kautschuk for USA in den USA
Explosive atmospheres Explosionsfähige Atmosphäre Bedruckung – Kabelmäntel
Extension Dehnung Ink-jet printer und Leitungen – Laser- und
Extension cord Verlängerungsleitung Tintenstrahldrucker

308 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 309


Key words Key words

Insertion attenuation Einfügungsdämpfung Nanosecond Nanosekunde


Insertion loss Einfügungsdämpfung Near-end crosstalk, Next, Fext
Insulated wire Ader far end crosstalk (Nebensprechdämpfung)
Insulation Isolation Neoprene® Neopren®
Insulation resistance Isolationswiderstand Network Netzwerk
Intensity Intensität Neutral conductor Erdleiter, Neutralleiter
Interactive Interaktiv Nominal voltage Nennspannung
Interface Schnittstelle Norms Normen
Intrinsically safe Eigensicher Numeral identification Ziffernbedruckung
Joint Knoten Numerical aperture Numerische Apertur
Kink Knick Ohmic resistance Leiterwiderstand
Bedruckung – Kabelmäntel Operating capacity Betriebskapazität
Laser-printer und Leitungen – Laser- und Operating supplies Betriebsmittel
Tintenstrahldrucker Operating
Betriebstemperatur
Laying temperature Verlegetemperaturen temperature range
Leading protective ground Schutzkontakt, voreilend Operating voltage Betriebsspannung
Leakage current Ableitstrom Opposite direction of lay Gegenschlag
Length of lay Schlaglänge Order length Bestelllänge
Length of twist Schlaglänge Outdoor cable Außenkabel
Lever series Bügelarten Outer conductor Außenleiter
Lift cable Hängekabel Outer diameter Manteldurchmesser
Longitudinal water tightness Längswasserdichtigkeit Outer sheath Außenmantel, Mantel
Loss factor Verlustfaktor Overcurrent Überstrom
Machine set-up for Overcurrent
Anlagenaufbau für Isolierhüllen Überstromschutzorgane
conductor insulation – protection devices
– Extrusion
Extrusion Oxidation inhibitor Alterungsschutzmittel
Master-Slave principle Master-Slave-Prinzip Oxygen index Sauerstoffindex
Material dispersion Materialdispersion Pad Füller
Mica powder Glimmer Pair Paar
Microbending Mikrokrümmungen Panel mount base Anbaugehäuse
Mode Moden Patch cable Patchkabel
Mode dispersion Modendispersion Patch field Patchfeld
Monomode fibre Monomodefaser Photovoltaic Photovoltaik
Motor cable Motorenkabel Pigtail Anschlussfaser
Multimode fibre Multimodefaser Pollution level Verschmutzungsgrad
Mutual capacity Betriebskapazität Polyamide Polyamid

310 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 311


Key words Key words

Polycarbonate Polycarbonat Semiconductor bandgap Bandabstand


Chloropren-Polymerisate, Separating layer Trennschicht
Polychloroprene-rubber
Kunstkautschuk Separator Trennfolien, PETP-Folien
Polyethylene Polyethylen (PE) Service current Betriebsstrom
Polyuretane Polyurethan Bedruckung – Kabelmäntel
Sheath print
Polyvinylchloride Polyvinylchlorid und Leitungen
Power dissipation factor Verlustleistung Sheathed cable Mantelleitung
Preform Vorform Shielding Abschirmung
Bedruckung – Kabelmäntel Shipping reels Versandtrommeln
Print wheel
und Leitungen – Druckrad Signal cable Geberleitungen
Protective conductor Schutzleiter Single conductor Massivleiter
PVC-powder additive PVC-Pulver-Additive Single wire Eindrähtig
Quad Vierer Single-mode fibre Einmodenfaser
Rated current Bemessungsstrom Single–wired conductor Leiter, eindrähtig
Rated voltage Bemessungsspannung Skin effect Skin-Effekt
Receiver sensitivity Empfänger­empfindlichkeit Specific Spezifischer
Receiver, optical Empfänger, optischer volume resistance Durchgangswiderstand
Reel Trommel Speed of signal Signalausbreitungs­
Reel size choice Trommelauswahl propagation geschwindigkeit (NVP)
Reel structure Trommelaufbau Spiral cable Spiralkabel
Reeling Trommelbar Splice LWL-Schweißverbindung, Spleiß
Reference earth Bezugserde Stabiliser Stabilisator
Refraction index Brechungsindex, Brechzahl Step index fibre Stufenfaser
Refractive index distribution Brechzahlprofil Strain relief Zugentlastung
Resistance Beständigkeit, Widerstand of cable glands von Kabelverschraubungen
Resistant Resistent Strand Litze
Rückhaltevermögen von Stranding Verseilung
Retention of cable glands
Kabelverschraubungen Stranding machine Verseilmaschine
Route warning tape Trassenwarnband Stretch Dehnung
Rubber insulated cable Gummischlauchleitung Strip line Bandleitung
Same direction of lay Gleichschlag Styrol Butadien-Styrol-Kunstkautschuk
Sample test Auswahlprüfung Super conduction Supraleitung
Screened cable Abgeschirmte Leitungen Supporting cable Tragarmleitung
Screening Auswahlprüfung Supporting core Tragorgan
Self-extinguishing Selbstverlöschend Surface mount base Sockelgehäuse
Semiconductor Halbleiter Synthetic india rubber Butyl Kunstkautschuk

312 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 313


Key words Key words

T-Coupler T-Koppler UL-Approbation UL-Zulassung


Take-up system Aufwickelanlagen, allgemein for cable glands für Kabelverschraubungen
Talcum Talkum Ultimate elongation Bruchdehnung
Tape Bebänderung Ultimate load Bruchlast
Tape wrapping Bewickeln mit Bändern Ultraviolet radiation Ultraviolette Strahlung
Taped wrapping Bewicklung, Lapping, Taping Underground cable Erdkabel
Telephone cord Apparateleitung Unit conductor Bündelleiter
Temperature range Temperaturbereich of power cables von Starkstromkabeln
Tensile load Zugbelastung Unit cores Bündeladern
Tension Spannung of fiberoptic cables von Lichtwellenleitern
Test voltage Prüfspannung Unit of wires Drahtbündel
Thermal splice Thermospleiß Vagrancy currents Vagabundierende Ströme
Thermoplastic materials Thermoplaste Valley sealer Beilauf
Thermoplastics Thermoplaste VDE Approbation VDE-Zulassung
Thomson measuring bridge Thomson-Messbrücke for cable glands für Kabelverschraubungen
for resistance measurement zur Widerstandsmessung Velocity of propagation Ausbreitungsgeschwindigkeit
Tight buffer tube Vollader Vibrator Zerhacker
Tin Zinn Volt meter Voltmeter
Tracer thread Kennfaden Voltage Spannung
Train signal cable Eisenbahn-Signalkabel Voltage Standing Wave Ratio VSWR
Transferimpedanz, Voltage-level classes Spannungsebenen
Transfer impedance
Kopplungswiderstand Vulcanising Vulkanisation
Transfer rate Übertragungsbandbreite Wall thickness Wanddicke
Transmission function Übertragungsfunktion Wave lengths Wellenlänge
Transmitter, optical Sender, optischer Waveguide dispersion Wellenleiterdispersion
Triaxial cable Triaxial Kabel Wear resistance Abriebbeständigkeit
Trimming Ablängen WEEE directive WEEE-Richtlinie
Tube cable Tubenkabel Wide Area Network WAN
Twist protection Verdrehschutz Wire drawing Drahtziehen
Twister Verseilmaschine Wire termination technique Leiteranschlusstechnik
Type test Typprüfung Wire–wrap connection Wickelverbindung
UL listing mark UL Listing Mark Wiring cable Verdrahtungsleitung
for listed cables & wires für „listed cables & wires“ Wiring system Bordnetze
UL recognition mark UL Recognition Mark Working current Betriebsstrom
for AWM cables and wires für „AWM cables and wires“ Woven cable Bandkabel
Zinc Zink

314 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 315


Safety instructions sive substances, mechanical The nominal voltage of cables
The safe use of our products loads, including loading during and lines is expressed in volts
installation, fire ha­zards). by the ratio U/U0; here:
Cables and cords ‚oil-resistant according to
The use of cables and cords VDE0472, Part 803‘ or ‚rail- Electrical voltage U0 is the effective value of the
is particularly diverse and is way applications: EN 50306-2‘. The control and connection voltage between an external
regulated accordingly in the cables listed in the Catalogue conductor and ground (metal-
various standards organiza- For the area of harmonized are subject to 73/23/EEC – lic casing/(shielding) off the
tions (IEC, EN, NEC etc.) by a low-voltage power cables ‚Low-Voltage Directive‘ for line or surrounding medium)
large number of application (e.g. H 0 5 V V 5 - F / Ö L F L E X ® electrical operating equip-
standards. 140), DIN VDE 0298-300 pro- ment with a nominal voltage U is the effective value of the
vides a list of requirements between 50 and 1,000 volts voltage between two external
Here the international stan- and criteria under Pt. 4-7. In (alternating voltage) and conductors of a multi-core
dard IEC 60204-1:1997, most cases, these can also between 75 and 1,500 volts line or of a system of single-
(Electrical Equipment of Ma­­ be applied to other low-vol­ (direct voltage). The nominal core cables.
chines – Part 1: General Re­­- tage cables and provide in­- voltage is the reference vol­
quirements) with reference to formation on recommended tage for which the cables and The dielectric strength of the
cables and cords and their uses. cords are designed and tes- insulation of conductors,
conditions for use serves as ted. The nominal voltage of cables and cords must be
an example. In the following, a selection of cables and cords for use sufficient for the required
important aspects for using in alternating-current power test voltage. For cables and
The fulfillment of these gene- cables and lines is summa- supplies must be greater than cords operated with voltages
ral requirements makes it rized. or equal to the nominal sup- above 50 VAC or above 120
absolutely necessary that a ply voltage. VDC, the test voltage is at
professional check is conduc- General information least 2,000 VAC for a period
ted by the user to determine Conductors, cables and cords With a direct-current power of 5 min. For alternating vol-
whether a specific product must be selected so that they supply, the nominal supply tages with a maximum of
standard with other/expan- are suitable for the operating voltage must not be higher 50 V and direct voltages with
ded requirements exists, conditions which occur (e.g. than 1.5 times the nominal a maximum of 120 V (typi-
which has precedence. voltage, current, protection voltage of the cable. The cally SELV or PELV systems),
against electric shock, accu- continuous operating voltage the test voltage must be at
The product pages in the mulation of cables and cords) of alternating-current and least 500 VAC for a period of
Catalogue with product and and for external influences direct-current power supplies 5 min.
application standards provi- (e.g. ambient temperature, may exceed their nominal
des assistance. For example: presence of water or corro­ voltage by 10%.

316 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 317


The test alternating voltages Cables for applications Transport and storage The ambient temperature
are listed on the individual in power chains (see Cables and cords that are not during transport and storage
product pages in the Cata- Selection Table A2) intended for outdoor use is to be in the range from
logue under ‚Technical Data‘, These cables are marked with must be stored in dry indoor -25°C to +55°C (max. +70°C
and also enables a selection the addition ‚FD‘ in the pro- rooms and must also be pro- for not longer than 24 hours).
of cables for which U/U0 can- duct name. tected from exposure to Especially in the range of
not practically be named. direct sunlight there. With low temperatures, mechani-
In addition to the generally outdoor storage, the ends of cal loading through vibration,
Tensile strains applicable information on ins- cables and cords must be shock, bending and twisting
Up to a maximum value of tallation and configuration in closed off to prevent the is to be avoided. This espe-
1,000 Newtons for the tensile the Technical Table T3, espe- entry of moisture. cially applies to PVC-insula-
strain of all conductors, the cially those specifications ted cables and lines.
following applies: must be observed which refer
to individual cables and are
Max. 15N per mm2 conductor listed on the related product
cross-section (without calcu- pages in the Catalogue.
lating in shields, concentric
conductors and divided-up In particular, these are:
protective conductors) with • Restrictions of the
static tensile strain in the travel length (e.g.:
operation of moving/flexible …up to 10 me­ters‘)
cables and cables for/in • Restriction of the mini-
fixed installation. mum bending radius for
flexible applications.
Max. 50 N per mm2 conduc- • The radius designed with
tor cross-section (without the power chain must not
calculating in shields, con- be below the minimum
centric conductors and divi- bending radius of the
ded-up protective conduc- cable!
tors) with static tensile strain • The inner radius to the
for the installation of cables surface of the curved
for/in fixed installation. cables is defined as the
minimum bending radius.

318 Current information www.lappgroup.com/products Current information www.lappgroup.com/products 319


Notices
Imprint
U.I. Lapp GmbH
Schulze-Delitzsch-Straße 25
70565 Stuttgart, Germany
Tel. +49(0)711/78 38-01
Fax +49(0)711/78 38-26 40
www.lappgroup.com
info@lappkabel.de

© 2011 by U.I. Lapp GmbH,


Stuttgart, Germany

Reprinting and reproduction even in


part is subject to the express consent
of U.I. Lapp GmbH.
U.I. Lapp GmbH
Schulze-Delitzsch-Straße 25 We reserve the right to change our
70565 Stuttgart, Germany products, particularly in the interests of
Tel. +49(0)711/78 38-01 technical improvements and advances.
Fax +49(0)711/78 38-26 40 We therefore offer no guarantee for
www.lappgroup.com illustrations, figures and quality details.
ÖLFLEX®

AVS Stuttgart
UNITRONIC®
Lapp Cable Guide

Lapp Cable Guide


ETHERLINE ®

HITRONIC®

EPIC®

SKINTOP®
SILVYN®

FLEXIMARK®
04/11 91110492

www.lappgroup.com

You might also like